Skip to main content

Written Answers

Volume 451: debated on Tuesday 7 November 2006

Written Answers toQuestions

Monday 6 November 2006

Defence

“Not to Exceed” Dates

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the ‘not to exceed’ in-service date at main gate was for (a) White Fleet PFI, (b) Single Living Accommodation, (c) Digitisation of the Battlespace (Land)-Com BAT, Infra and Platform, (d) Otterburn Training Area, (e) Project Aquatrine-Water and Wastewater Services PFI, (f) Hayes Record Office, (g) SSN Berthing HMNB Clyde, (h) Defence Estates Regional Prime Contracting-Scotland, (i) Project NEPTUNE and (j) Defence Information Infrastructure (Army); and what the ‘not to exceed’ cost at main gate was for the demonstration and manufacture phase of each project, broken into (i) indirect resource Departmental Expenditure Limit (DEL), (ii) direct resource DEL and (iii) capital DEL. (93048)

The term ‘not to exceed’ was not used during the approvals process for the majority of the projects as they predated the use of this concept. The values and dates used in the following table are those approved at Main Gate.

Similarly, not all of the projects broke the cost down into Indirect Resource DEL, Direct Resource DEL and Capital DEL. The table therefore reflects the values approved in the relevant Main Gate, many of which are for service based contracts, not a demonstration and manufacture phase.

Project nameApproved in service dateApproved cost (£ million)

Indirect RDEL

Direct RDEL

Capital DEL

White Fleet PFI

Implementation of Service: April 2001

Maximum initial contract cost - 540.9

Single Living Accommodation

November 2004

786

Digitisation of the Battlespace (Land-Corn BAT, Infra and Platform)

December 2004

379

Otterburn Training Area

November 2005

12.22

64.79

Project Aquatrine,Water and Wastewater services PFI

August 2004 (A)

1000

June 2005 (B)

392.2

April 2005 (C)

1001. 8

Hayes Record Office

July 2005

28.10

SSN Berthing HMNB Clyde

November 2007

12.44

147.09

Defence Estates Regional Prime Contracting, Scotland

March 2004

467

153

Project NEPTUNE

Approved as an element of Defence Estates Regional Prime Contracting-Scotland

Defence Information Infrastructure (Army)

March 2005

212

Afghanistan

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to his oral statement of 10 July 2006, Official Report, columns 1131-48, on Afghanistan (troop levels), how many (a) attack and (b) support helicopters will be deployed as part of the additional deployment to Helmand Province; when they will arrive; and from where they will be sourced. (85106)

I refer the hon. Member to the statements I made on 10 July 2006, Official Report, columns 1131-35, and 24 July 2006, Official Report, columns 74-76WS. The additional CH-47 Chinooks were drawn from the UK and from the Falklands Islands.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to his oral statement of 10 July 2006, Official Report, columns 1131-48, on Afghanistan (troop levels), which units will be operating outside harmony guidelines as a result of the additional deployment to Helmand Province; and what the average tour gap number will be for each unit. (85107)

I can confirm that, as announced on the 10 July 2006, Official Report, column 1133, the additional force package deployed to the Helmand Province contained 320 engineers from 28 Regiment Royal Engineers (28 Regt RE), an Infantry Company from the 2nd Battalion, The Royal Regiment of Fusiliers (2 RRF), two Platoons from the 1st Battalion, The Royal Irish Regiment (1 R IRISH) and one company from three Commando Brigade Royal Marines. The armed forces harmony guidelines recommend a tour interval of 24 months between each six month operational tour. The average tour interval for 28 Regt RE as a whole is 24 months, although, 35 individuals deployed facing a tour interval of between six and 24 months. The average tour interval for 2 RRF is 34 months, although one individual will have deployed for 15 months in a 30 month period. The average tour interval for 1 R IRISH is 25 months but most of the 60 personnel who deployed will now experience a tour interval of six months. The company of three Commando Brigade Royal Marines who deployed as the force protection unit for 28 Regt RE have a tour interval of 28 months.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many civilians have been (a) killed and (b) injured by the International Security Assistance Force in Afghanistan in each of the last six months. (94702)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer given on 26 October 2006, Official Report, column 2013, to my hon. Friend the Member for Islington, North (Jeremy Corbyn).

Similar principles apply to the number of civilians injured as to the number of civilians killed.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the strategic objectives are of the UK forces in Afghanistan; and if he will make a statement. (97254)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer given by my predecessor on 27 March 2006, Official Report, column 670W to the hon. Member for Gravesham (Mr. Holloway).

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many UK armed forces personnel were in Afghanistan in each month between June 2003 and October 2006; and if he will make a statement. (97255)

Figures for the number of UK regular forces deployed in Afghanistan from December 2005 are shown in the following table. Figures for the number of UK service personnel deployed before December 2005 are not held centrally.

Deployment of UK armed forces1 in Afghanistan since December 2005

Date2

Total

December 2005

820

January 2006

840

February 2006

870

March 2006

1,900

April 2006

2,330

May 2006

3,880

June 2006

4,370

July 2006

4,590

August 2006

4,950

September 2006

5,220

October 2006

5,850

1 Figures include UK regular forces and mobilised reservists. They exclude civilians and Royal Fleet Auxiliary. 2 Figures are collated from a manual headcount of personnel in theatre, reported on a weekly basis. The figures shown are the closest available to the first of each month. Note: Due to the rounding methods used, totals may not always equal the sum of the parts. When rounding to the nearest 10, numbers ending in 5 have been rounded to the nearest multiple of 20 to prevent systematic bias.

Figures for the number of UK service personnel deployed before December 2005 is not held centrally on a month to month basis and only an average for the year can be provided. These data have not been statistically verified.

Average number of UK personnel in Afghanistan

2005

970

2004

660

June-December 2003

380

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what assessment he has made of (a) the relationship between the Taliban and Afghan poppy-growers and (b) its implications for NATO’s counter-insurgency campaign. (97533)

[holding answer 30 October 2006]: There are links of convenience between the Taliban and traffickers based on personal relationships, tribal loyalties and business interests. The Taliban and drug traffickers share a common interest in resisting the Afghan Government and coalition forces. The Taliban are also attempting to exploit the continued existence of the drugs trade to undermine the central Government’s authority. Given these links we continue to monitor their development and to support the Afghan Government in disrupting them.

NATO supports the Afghan counter narcotics effort by securing the future stability of Afghanistan and creating the environment in which counter narcotics activities can have greatest impact, but it does not take direct action against the drugs trade.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what representations he has made to his United States counterparts on the effect on the counter-insurgency campaign of attempts by (a) NATO forces and (b) the Afghan Government to suppress the cultivation of poppies. (97535)

[holding answer 30 October 2006]: We regularly hold discussions on all aspects of the international community’s efforts in Afghanistan with the US and other nations that contribute to the international security assistance force.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence when it was decided that UK forces in Afghanistan would be under US command; and if he will make a statement. (97588)

[holding answer 30 October 2006]: The vast majority of UK forces in Afghanistan are part of the NATO led International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) which is currently headed by a British officer. Regardless of the nationality of the commanding officer, ISAF remains under NATO command.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what recent discussions he has had with NATO chiefs about the deployment of additional troops in support of British forces in Afghanistan. (98070)

I discuss regularly with the NATO Secretary General and with NATO Ministerial colleagues the need to ensure that NATO commanders in Afghanistan have the forces they need to fulfil their mission, including British forces in Helmand Province. NATO Defence Ministers last met collectively on 28 September.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to his answer of 30 October 2006, Official Report, column 99W, whether any senior commanders in Afghanistan have asked for Warrior vehicles to be deployed there; and if he will make a statement. (99074)

[holding answer 2 November 2006]: As my right hon. Friend the Prime Minister indicated during Prime Minister’s Question Time on 1 November 2006, Official Report, column 294, Ministers have not received any formal requests for Warrior armoured fighting vehicles. Requests from operational commanders are considered first by the Permanent Joint Headquarters and by the Chiefs of Staff before they are presented to Ministers.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) if he will request a report on the recent accidental bombing of civilians by NATO planes in Southern Afghanistan; and if he will make a statement; (99217)

(2) which air force was responsible for the recent bombing in which up to 60 Afghan civilians are reported to have died; what assistance has been offered to the survivors; and what plans there are to compensate the victims.

NATO has commissioned a report into the accidental bombing of Afghan civilians on 24 October has still to be completed. Until the investigation is complete, it would be inappropriate to comment on the incident. In recognition of its responsibility to the Afghan people, however, the International Security Assistance Force has already provided medical assistance to a number of the injured.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what steps have been taken to ensure that women are fully included in Provincial Reconstruction Team development programmes in Afghanistan; and what assessment has been made of the potential effect of attempts by the Afghan Government to accommodate Islamist factions on women’s rights in Afghanistan. (99416)

I have been asked to reply.

Women’s rights are fully considered in the UK Provincial Reconstruction Team’s efforts to improve the lives of the people of Helmand. Gender awareness is an integral part of our effort to assist the national and provincial Afghan Government in laying the platform for lasting reconstruction and development across the province.

The Afghan Government is engaging with a wide range of groups to ensure proper engagement in the democratic process, but remains fully aware of its obligations under the Constitution, which provides for women’s equality and their right to participate in the political process, and the Convention on the Elimination of Discrimination Against Women.

We continue to maintain a regular dialogue with the Afghan Government’s Ministry of Women’s Affairs and the Afghanistan Independent Human Rights Commission, to ensure that women’s rights are not sidelined during the process of reconciliation and integration.

Aircraft

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the annual lease cost was of the four C-17 aircraft in each year until 2006; and how much his Department has paid for the purchase of the fifth C-17. (90933)

[holding answer 13 September 2006]: I am withholding the information requested as its disclosure would, or would be likely to, prejudice commercial interests.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many Hercules aircraft have been fitted with flame retardant materials since May. (92511)

The programme to fit explosive suppressant foam to Hercules aircraft continues as planned, and two aircraft have been fitted so far.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the estimated cost is per annum per aircraft for the Nimrod MR4 for the first five years after its introduction into service. (92623)

Armed Forces Pension Scheme

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what estimate he has made of the cost of extending pension provision to widows and widowers of all post-retirement marriages in the armed forces pension scheme; and how this estimate was calculated. (93044)

The 1975 Social Security Act required all occupational pension schemes to introduce pensions for widows who married their husbands after they retired from service. The change was introduced in April 1978 for future service only. The change for widowers was not introduced until April 1989. Widows of men who joined the armed forces after April 1978 and widowers of women who joined after 1989 are not affected by this issue and are eligible for pension benefits in respect of their entire service.

The Government Actuary confirmed a figure of £50 million to extend benefits to all post-retirement widows and widowers in the armed forces pension scheme 1975 (AFPS 75) as part of the review which led to the introduction of the Armed Forces (Pensions and Compensation) Act 2004. This figure should not be viewed in isolation: if the concession were to be made for affected members of AFPS 75, there would be pressure to extend it across other public sector pension schemes at an estimated cost of between £300 million and £500 million.

The cost for AFPS 75 represented the total capitalised value of future widows' and widowers' benefits which would be payable if marriages after leaving service were treated on the same basis as if the marriage had taken place in service. The value has been assessed using data relating to membership of pensioners and deferred pensioners of AFPS 75 and marriage patterns adopted for costing the scheme as a whole.

Armoured Vehicles

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what factors were taken into account in selecting the Cougar armoured vehicle; and what other products were considered. (92320)

To meet the requirement for a medium protected patrol vehicle, a number of factors were taken into consideration. These included mine protection, vehicle capacity and payload, and the ability to be modified to meet the demanding UK protection requirements in the fastest possible time.

A wide range of vehicles were briefly considered but discounted because we judged that they could not be modified to meet the UK requirement in the necessary timescale. Three options were considered in detail: the ADI Bushmaster, the BAES OMC RG-31 and the Cougar, which is manufactured by Force Protection Inc. The Cougar was selected and will be known as MASTIFF when in service with the United Kingdom armed forces.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer of 9 October 2006, Official Report, column 176W, on armoured vehicles, what his most recent assessment is of the annual running costs of the Warrior in wartime usage; and if he will make a statement. (94896)

Operating costs for armoured vehicle fleets are calculated on peacetime usage, and based on an average cost per kilometre. The full capitation cost for the Warrior Armoured Fighting Vehicle (all variants) for financial year 2006-07 is calculated as £154.04 per kilometre. Specific mileage data on operations is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) whether any RG-31 armoured vehicles are (a) owned and (b) leased by his Department; (97981)

(2) what the maintenance problems were which led to the RG-31 being withdrawn from service following deployments in Bosnia.

The RG-31 Mamba was procured in the mid-late 1990s to meet Urgent Operational Requirements for specialist vehicles for use by the Explosive Ordnance Disposal teams in the Balkans. It was replaced in service by the Mine Protected Vehicle in 2001-02. The RG31 Mamba suffered from safety and reliability problems caused by the additional weight of the appliqué armour affecting the vehicle’s steering and braking systems. These problems were exacerbated by a lack of commonality between the vehicles, which were bought in three separate batches, and poor availability of spare parts.

The MOD does not own or lease any RG-31 armoured vehicles and currently has no plans to do so.

Army Personnel

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the present strength of the Army is (a) in total and (b) in terms of (i) officers and (ii) other ranks. (93924)

I refer the hon. Member to Tri-Service Publication (TSP) 1—Strength, Intake and Outflow of UK Regular Forces. TSP 1 is published monthly. The most recent publication shows figures at 1 September 2006.

Copies of TSP 1 are available in the Library of the House and at www.dasa.mod.uk.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the (a) established and (b) actual strength is of (i) the Regular Army and (ii) the Territorial Army, broken down by cap badge. (91487)

The following table provides a breakdown, by cap badge, of the Regular Army strength against liability as at 1 August 2006. A detailed breakdown of Territorial Army posts by cap badge within unit establishments is not currently available; however strengths are given as follows against the overall Territorial Army liability of 42,000.

Regular ArmyTerritorial Army

Arm/Service

Liability3

Strength1

Liability

Strength2

Total

97,710

96,460

42,000

36,260

Staff

720

820

100

Household Cavalry/Royal Armoured Corps

5,760

5,460

1,260

Royal Regiment of Artillery

7,510

7,240

2,280

Corps of Royal Engineers

9,180

8,780

2,460

Royal Corps of Signals

8,500

8,450

3,990

Infantry

24,450

23,720

7,350

Army Air Corps

2,060

2,010

100

Royal Army Chaplains Department

150

140

60

Royal Logistics Corps

15,720

15,590

6,060

Royal Army Medical Corps

3,180

2,910

2,660

Corps of Royal Electrical and Mechanical Engineers

9,700

9,690

2,200

Adjutant General’s Corps

6,250

6,660

1,240

Royal Army Veterinary Corps

210

190

10

Small Arms School Corps

140

150

10

Royal Army Dental Corps

420

360

60

Intelligence Corps

1,650

1,480

500

Army Physical Training Corps

430

450

4

General List

4

4

340

Queen Alexandra’s Royal Auxiliary Nursing Corps

1,190

840

1,030

The Corps of Army Music

890

900

4

Long Service List

600

620

4

Officer Training Corps

4

4

4,540

1 Figures include trained Officers and Soldiers; full-time Reserve Service (full, limited and home Commitment) but exclude home service battalions of the Royal Irish Regiment, mobilised reserves, Territorial Army and other reserves. 2 TA Personnel include Group A & B, Mobilised TA and Officer Training Corps (OTC), and exclude non regular permanent staff and full-time Reserve Service. 3 Liability is based on the Regular Army Liability 2006. 4 Represents zero of rounded to zero. Notes: 1. The Adjutant General’s Corps consists of: Adjutant General’s Corps (Provost), Adjutant General’s Corps (Staff & Personnel Support), Adjutant General’s Corps (Education & Training Services) and Adjutant General’s Corps (Army Legal Services). 2. All data have been rounded to the nearest 10. Due to the rounding methods used totals may not always equal the sum of the parts. Numbers ending in “5” have been rounded to nearest multiple of 20 to prevent systematic bias.

Belize

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many British army personnel have been trained at the BATSUB base in Belize in each of the past 20 years. (99890)

Records in respect of British Army personnel trained at the British Army Training Support Unit Belize do not go back 20 years however, I am able to give the detail from 1997 onwards:

Event

Number of Exercises

Number of trained personnel

1997

Exercise Native Trail

6

840

Sub Aqua Expedition

3

48

Exercise Sailfish

1

130

1998

Exercise Native Trail

6

840

Sub Aqua Expedition

5

80

Exercise Sailfish

1

130

Exercise Caribbean Fury

1

500

1999

Exercise Native Trail

8

1,120

Sub Aqua Expedition

8

128

Exercise Western Rhumba

1

500

Operation Windbreak

1

40

Exercise Devils Hat

1

50

Exercise Global Links

1

30

Exercise Sailfish

1

130

Exercise Tarzan Rock

1

75

2000

Exercise Western Rhumba

1

500

Exercise Native Trail

4

560

Sub Aqua Expedition

5

80

2001

Exercise Native Trail

7

980

2002

Exercise Native Trail

2

280

2003

Exercise Panther Cub

3

420

Exercise Mayan Warrior

1

700

Exercise Sailfish

1

130

Sub Aqua Expedition

4

64

2004

Exercise Windbreak

1

40

Exercise Mayan Warrior

2

1,400

Exercise Green River

1

150

Sub Aqua Expedition

5

80

Exercise Panther Cub

1

140

Exercise Civil Bridge

1

40

Exercise Green Parakeet

1

150

2005

Exercise Green River

1

150

Sub Aqua Expedition

8

128

Exercise Civil Bridge

1

40

Exercise Cygnet Coral

1

30

Exercise Tropical Storm

4

2,800

Exercise Windbreak

1

40

Exercise Roman Devil

1

140

Exercise Green Emerald

1

150

Boarding School Allowance

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what recent research he has (a) commissioned and (b) evaluated on the accessibility of the boarding school allowance to (i) other ranks and (ii) officers; whether such research took account of (A) ability to pay the fees and (B) the retirement age of officers and other ranks; and if he will make a statement. (93535)

The recently published report on the Defence Committee inquiry “Educating Service Children” (HC1054 published 6 September 2006) has recommended research be conducted on the take-up of continuity of education allowance. The formal Government response to this report will be made shortly. I refer the hon. Member to the Third Memorandum from the MOD made to the Committee for their inquiry (HC1054 Ev77-78). This includes background on why the demographic profile of service personnel by age, rank and length of service will have an impact on take-up and explains that it may be more meaningful to consider the age of a child and their stage of education rather than the age/rank profile of a service person.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many children have been covered by the boarding school allowance for the (a) Army, (b) Royal Navy and (c) Royal Air Force in each of the last five years, broken down by officers and other ranks; and if he will make a statement. (93536)

The information requested is shown in the following table:

Numbers of service children covered by continuity of education allowance as at spring term of each academic year

Service

2001-02

2002-03

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

Navy

1,281

1,326

1,357

1,435

1,377

Army

4,383

4,356

4,405

4,374

4,289

RAF

1,466

2,255

2,219

2,220

2,220

Total

7,130

7,937

7,981

8,029

7,886

The above data cannot be separated out into officers and other ranks due to disproportionate cost.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how much has been spent on boarding school allowance for the (a) Army, (b) Royal Navy and (c) Royal Air Force in each of the last five years, broken down by officers and other ranks; and if he will make a statement. (93537)

The sum paid annually in respect of service education allowances by the MOD, broken down by single-service is shown in the following table:

Total spend on service education allowances for the last five years

£

2001-02

2002-03

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

Navy

17,588,014

12,781,113

13,002,607

16,278,396

16,878,279

Army

37,450,741

37,754,069

49,046,403

49,840,780

51,004,877

RAF

16,388,267

22,515,029

24,381,279

24,653,301

25,813,795

Total

71,438,022

73,050,211

86,429,289

90,772,477

93,696,951

The above data cannot be separated out into officers and other ranks.

British Troops (Supplies)

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what levels of (a) ammunition, (b) supplies and (c) body armour are available to British troops deployed in Afghanistan; and if he will make a statement. (92712)

The Defence Logistics Organisation continues to work extremely hard to ensure that sufficient supplies and ammunition are delivered to our forces in Afghanistan. They ensure that in the vast majority of cases adequate re-supply to theatre takes place in a timely fashion.

In the case of ammunition, there have been occasional instances where units in remote locations have exhausted supplies of a particular ammunition type during a specific attack or operation. At no time, though, have troops on the ground run out of all ammunition types available to them. In such instances, ground forces are re-supplied by helicopters.

In the case of food supplies, most of our troops are fed to a very high standard by the Royal Logistic Corps. In some of the more remote locations this service will not always be available. In such instances, troops are supplied with nutritious, fit-for-purpose ration packs, which can also be augmented by local supplies.

It is departmental policy that all troops deploying to Op HERRICK are provided with enhanced combat body armour (ECBA) as standard. In addition, Kestrel and Osprey variants of body armour, which provide additional protection, are available against specific threats and for specific roles, such as top cover sentry duty. The current combination of ECBA, Osprey and Kestrel provides Commanders with a flexible system of personal protection so that personnel can conduct their tasks effectively, while retaining a level of protection commensurate with the threat assessment. Such flexibility is deemed important because Commanders need to balance the benefits of increased protection body armour against risks such as constraint of movement.

Cadets (Totnes)

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence if he will arrange for the Cadet Centre in Totnes to be made available to the Totnes Youth Centre. (92796)

[holding answer 12 October 2006]: To date, the Department has received no approach or inquiry by representatives of Totnes Youth Centre. However, I understand that there may well be an opportunity for the Totnes Cadet Centre to be made available for use, and I would advise the representatives of the Totnes Youth Centre to approach the Wessex Reserve Forces and Cadets Association:

Chief Executive,

Wessex RFCA,

Mount House,

Mount Street,

Taunton,

Somerset TA1 3QE

Casualty Reports

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether he receives a daily casualty report. (86327)

I receive a daily report on significant developments relating to UK military operations, including serious casualties to UK personnel deployed on operations. In addition, I am informed as soon as possible about fatalities of UK personnel.

Cluster Munitions

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Westmorland and Lonsdale (Tim Farron) of 30 October 2006, Official Report, column 11, on cluster munitions, what definition he uses of ‘properly used’ in relation to the use of cluster munitions in conflict. (99418)

We regard cluster munitions as being used properly when they are used against legitimate targets, and when their use against such targets is based on an assessment that takes into account the nature of that target, the weapons available, and the legal requirements. Prior to the use of any munitions, the UK follows a detailed targeting procedure, to ensure that the UK complies with the rules of proportionality, non-discrimination and distinction in International Humanitarian Law.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer of 30 October 2006, Official Report, column 11, to the hon. Member for Westmorland and Lonsdale (Tim Farron), on cluster munitions, when he last carried out a review into the consistency of the use of cluster munitions with international humanitarian law. (99419)

The lawful use of any weapon system, including cluster munitions, is scrutinised as part of operational planning, and during the targeting process. This includes consideration of International Humanitarian Law, including the principles of discrimination, proportionality, necessity and humanity.

Defence Organisations (UK Membership)

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what assessment he has made of the case for the UK simultaneously retaining its membership of the Organisation Conjointe de Coopération en Matiere D’Armement and the European Defence Agency; and if he will make a statement. (98346)

[holding answer 31 October 2006]: The UK remains firmly committed to our membership of both the Organisation Conjointe de Coopération en Matiere D’Armement (OCCAR) and the European Defence Agency (EDA). These two organisations have differing purposes and memberships, and complement each other.

OCCAR is a project management organisation, managing a number of collaborative armament acquisition programmes, including the A400M programme. Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, Spain and the UK are members. OCCAR programmes are open to participation by non-member nations.

The EDA does not manage collaborative acquisition programmes. It works to promote and enhance such collaboration, by providing contractual services for collaborative research projects, through the identification of common military requirements, and by improving the transparency of the European Defence Equipment Market. All EU member states except Denmark are members of the EDA, and there is also an administrative agreement with Norway, enabling their involvement in EDA facilitated projects.

Departmental Staff

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether his Department recognises the International GCSE as an acceptable substitute for a GCSE for the purposes of recruitment. (96736)

The Ministry of Defence does recognise the International GCSE as an acceptable equivalent to a GCSE for purposes of recruitment.

Engagements

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what recent discussions he has had with the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs on (a) a new generation of the nuclear deterrent and (b) the security situation in Iraq. (99077)

I have regular discussions with the Foreign Secretary on a wide range of issues.

European Defence Co-operation

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence which projects in which the UK has an interest are being pursued by the (a) Organisation Conjointe de Coopération en matière d’Armement and (b) European Defence Agency. (95694)

The UK has an interest in three projects being managed by the Organisation Conjointe de Coopération en matière d’Armement. These are the A400M project, the COBRA (COunter Battery RAdar) project and the Principal Anti-Air Missile System (PAAMS) element of the Famille des systèmes Surface-Air Futurs (FSAF) project.

In the European Defence Agency (EDA) a number of Research and Technology (R and T) projects have been transferred from the Western European Armaments Organisation, 13 of which involve the UK. Work in the EDA is still developing and we have so far confirmed interest in one ad hoc category B (in which not all EDA member states participate) R and T project on Scalable Multi-Function Radar which has yet to be contracted. The EDA’s role in this area is one of facilitating collaboration and providing contractual services.

Falklands War

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) what preparations are being made to commemorate the 25th anniversary of the Falklands war; (98049)

(2) what grants are available to commemorate the 25th anniversary of the Falklands war at Chorley Cenotaph;

(3) what discussions he has had with the Foreign and Commonwealth Office on preparations for the 25th anniversary of the Falklands war;

(4) what steps have been taken to ensure that all veterans of the Falklands war have the opportunity to participate in commemoration of the 25th anniversary.

I refer the hon. Member to the statement made by my predecessor on 27 April 2006, Official Report, column 54WS in which he outlined plans to commemorate the 25th anniversary of the Falklands conflict both here in the UK and in the Falkland Islands. Preparations for these events are proceeding well and more details, including how veterans can apply for tickets, will be provided to the House on 13 November, in parallel with a media launch the same day.

We are having close discussions with a range of stakeholders, including the Foreign and Commonwealth Office and veterans’ organisations, about the nature of the commemorations planned.

Grants are not available from my Department for local commemorations but the organisers of the Chorley event may wish to consider applying to the Awards for All scheme (A4A) which is run by the Big Lottery Fund.

Future Aircraft Carriers

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence when each of the Future Aircraft Carriers will be ordered; and what their planned in-service dates are. (98173)

[holding answer 1 November 2006]: The projected programme dates for the Future Aircraft Carriers, including when they will be ordered and the in-service dates (ISDs), will only be set following the main investment decision, and once they have been approved by Ministers. This decision has not yet been taken, and will only be taken when we know with confidence the risks, the costs and the associated contractual framework involved in building the carriers.

Future Rotacraft Coherency Study

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence if he will place a copy of the conclusions and recommendations of the Future Rotacraft Coherency Study in the Library. (94830)

I am unable to provide a copy of the document requested as its disclosure would, or would be likely to, prejudice commercial interests. However some elements of the Future Rotorcraft programmes were reported in the Defence Industrial Strategy and announcements were also made earlier this year. In summary we plan to prosecute the following:

A contract has been placed with Lockheed-Martin to ensure continuity of capability and introduce an open-systems architecture (to enable cost-effective management of obsolescence) on the Merlin Mkl—the Royal Navy's airborne Anti-Submarine Warfare capability.

A contract has been placed with AgustaWestland to provide new Future Lynx aircraft in order to meet the Army's Battlefield Reconnaissance Helicopter and the Royal Navy's Surface Combatant Maritime Rotorcraft requirements.

A package of work, known as the Chinook Mk2/2A coherence programme, is being progressed to establish a single configuration baseline and reduce the overall cost of supporting the Chinook fleet.

A competition has been launched under the Private Finance Initiative, joint with the Maritime and Coastguard Agency, for the provision of a UK-based peacetime helicopter Search and Rescue capability.

A programme of work, known as the Lift Advanced Concept Phase, is being undertaken to determine how best to invest further in the battlefield helicopter Lift capability, including the balance between Medium and Large lift aircraft.

On Chinook Mk3, we continue to work with Boeing to identify a robust, affordable and value for money approach before taking decisions on how best to proceed.

The Apache Attack Helicopter is presently being successfully deployed on operations and work is ongoing to determine how this capability can be best sustained through-life, including investigations to extend the out-of-service date of the aircraft.

We also keep under constant review how best to sustain and refresh the helicopter capability provided to operations.

In addition, we are also pursuing work with a number of helicopter suppliers to implement revised and novel arrangements to support our current platforms through long-term, partnered contracts that require industry to provide serviceable aircraft at the front line. These arrangements have already been contracted for Sea King, Merlin and Chinook aircraft. Similar arrangements are being explored for other aircraft and we intend to focus efforts on ensuring convergence and that lessons are learnt, shared and implemented.

Helicopters

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many (a) RAF, (b) Army Air Corps and (c) Royal Navy helicopters were sold to (i) the private sector and (ii) foreign governments during the period September 2005 to September 2006. (97286)

[holding answer 1 November 2006]: The MOD’s Disposal Services Agency sold six helicopters between September 2005 and September 2006. Three Sea Kings, which were not in an airworthy condition, were sold via Agusta Westland, under a Commercial Marketing Agreement, to Australia for spares recovery; one Army Sioux was sold privately; and one Wessex and one Sea King were sold as scrap.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether negotiations have been concluded with Boeing for the work to be carried out on the eight Chinook Mark 3 helicopters at Boscombe Down to make them certifiable for military flights; and if he will make a statement. (98220)

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what percentage of (a) the overall military helicopter fleet and (b) the helicopter fleet deployed in (i) Iraq and (ii) Afghanistan are considered (A) fit for service and (B) battleworthy, broken down by helicopter type. (98556)

The MOD does not use the terms fit for service and battleworthy in describing helicopters. We use the term “fit for purpose”, which means those that are available, reliable, airworthy and capable of carrying out their planned missions on a given date.

Helicopter type

Fit for purpose (Percentage)

A109

77

Apache

60

Chinook

61

Gazelle AH1

76

Lynx MK 3 and 8

57

Lynx MK 7 and 9

59

Merlin MK 1

48

Merlin MK 3

53

Puma

73

Sea King MK 3/3A

53

Sea King MK4/6C

51

Sea King MK 5

53

Sea King MK 7

56

The percentages shown in the table indicate the proportion of the helicopter fleet available to front-line commands, which are considered “fit for purpose”. These numbers will vary; the figures shown are the average for the period from 1 June to 30 September 2006.

All UK helicopters deployed to Iraq and Afghanistan are considered fit for purpose, but not all will be available for operational flying each day due to routine maintenance requirements. However, these factors are taken into consideration, and sufficient helicopters are provided to meet current operational requirements. We continue to review these operational requirements and adjust as necessary.

Hercules Aircraft

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what consideration was given to his Department's duty of care to Air Force crews when prioritising tasking over the fitting of foam to the Hercules fleet; and if he will make a statement. (92694)

In prioritising the fitment of explosive suppressant foam (ESF) to Hercules C-130 aircraft, the Department considered a range of factors including: the safety of RAF crews and passengers; the nature of the threat to Hercules C-130 aircraft deployed on operations; the impact on the operational availability of the aircraft; and the capacity of industry to fit ESF to the aircraft.

HMS Southampton

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence for what reason and for how long the crew of HMS Southampton have been without normal supplies of fresh water; what the consequences have been; and when the problem is expected to be rectified. (99075)

At no time has HMS Southampton been without fresh water.

On three separate occasions between 17 and 29 October the ship experienced difficulties with the distillation system that produces fresh water and restrictions were imposed to conserve stocks.

On 17 and 26 October 2006 the use of showers was stopped for a period of less than 12 hours each day. No other restrictions were imposed. On 28 October 2006 the use of fresh water for activities other than drinking, cooking and washing hands was restricted for a period of 14 hours.

The availability of fresh water for the ship’s galley, drinking supplies and personal hygiene remained unaffected throughout.

The problems were rectified by the ship’s company using on board resources.

Information Technology

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the (a) originally estimated, (b) most recently estimated and (c) outturn cost was in each of the five largest information technology contracts agreed with outside suppliers over the last five years. (71799)

The information requested is as follows:

Contract

Originally estimated cost (£ million)

Most recently estimated cost (£ million)

Outturn cost (£ million)

Comments

Skynet 5 (Satellite Communication Services)

2,775

3,660

137

Expenditure does not include expenditure from other areas within the Department that call up SATCOM services. 'Most recent cost' reflects revised contract to include a third satellite and a fourth satellite in the event of the failure at the launch stage of one of the three satellites. Should there be no loss the cost will reduce to £3,273 million.

Defence Information Infrastructure (Future) (DII(F))

2,297

2,313

252

This relates to the Increment 1 contract only. Increments 2 and 3 have not yet been let.

Joint Personnel Administration (JPA)

237

237

106

These estimates comprise all extramural costs for JPA and include the cost of personnel administration services using JPA up to the end of financial year 2008-09. Outturn costs cover extramural expenditure to the end of financial year 2005-06.

Joint Asset Management and Engineering Solutions (JAMES)

Up to 200

90 to 100

10 to 20

This includes JAMES 1 and 2, Whole Fleet Management and Engineering and Asset Management.

Defence Medical Information Capability Programme (DMICP)

98

82

0

No outturn yet—contract placed in April 2006.

Note: Purely voice communications systems are not considered to fall within the scope of the question.

Iraq

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what estimate he has made of the numbers of insurgents entering Iraq from (a) Saudi Arabia and (b) Iran since March 2003; and if he will make a statement. (88541)

Given the covert nature in which they operate it is extremely difficult accurately to assess how many foreign fighters have entered Iraq. We currently estimate that a few hundred foreign fighters may have entered Iraq from Saudi Arabia and Iran since March 2003, with the vast majority of them entering from Iran.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what assessment he has made of the estimates of Iraqi deaths made in The Lancet; and if he will make a statement. (94882)

Maintaining records of civilian deaths in Iraq is ultimately a matter for the Government of Iraq and we believe they are best placed to monitor the situation. The Lancet report is one of a number of recent studies that attempts to estimate the numbers of civilian casualties in Iraq, none of which can be regarded as definitive. The figures in The Lancet report are significantly higher than other casualty estimates.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what representations he and his coalition partners have made to the Iraqi authorities on progress in disarming militia in Iraq; and if he will make a statement. (95813)

Alongside our coalition partners we continue to press the Iraqi authorities, both at a national and provincial level, to recognise and take action on the issue of militias. The process of Disarmament, Demobilisation and Reintegration forms a key part of tackling armed militia groups. We are ready to support this process in any way we can.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what mechanisms are in place for the audit and accountability of spending on the joint Iraqi and American Baghdad Security Plan; what estimate he has made of how much the (a) security and (b) non-security element will cost; whether security personnel will carry out the non-security element; and how many Iraqi civilian jobs will be created in consequence. (96688)

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what (a) funds and (b) other resources have been provided to British forces by the US in Iraq. (98304)

The US does not provide direct funding for the UK military deployment in Iraq. However, the UK does have access to US Commander’s Emergency Response Programme funding. Between 1 October 2004 and 30 September 2006 $145.3 million was drawn from this and allocated directly to reconstruction projects in MND(SE).

Coalition partners also share logistical support and may make available military assets in support of specific military operations. Where payment is required for these activities, it is provided on a repayment basis.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the cost has been to the UK of military action in Iraq since January 2003; and if he will make a statement. (98874)

The cost of operations are calculated on a net additional basis and audited figures are published each year in the MOD’s annual report and accounts. The total of the annual audited figures for the cost of operations in Iraq for the years 2002-03 to 2005-06 was £4,026 million.

Language Skills

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many personnel in each unit stationed in Iraq (a) speak and (b) have received instruction in Arabic. (97809)

It is not possible to provide details of how many personnel in each unit stationed in Iraq speak Arabic or have received formal Arabic language education as the information is not held centrally and to collate the information would be at disproportionate cost. However, PJHQ have identified a formal requirement for 30 official interpreters. These are both civilian contractors and military personnel. I should stress this does not include locally employed personnel, many of whom provide interpretation and translation services and those individuals who might speak Arabic but are not official interpreters.

In terms of troops receiving Arabic instruction, there are three courses specialising in Iraqi language training open to troops prior to deployment to Iraq; Survival Standard (one soldier per sub-unit/four gunners per squadron), Basic Patrol Arabic (Junior Commanders and soldiers) and Operational Linguist. Details of those deployed to Iraq that have undertaken this training is not held centrally and can be provided only at disproportionate cost.

All personnel deploying to Iraq will receive some form of language training in the form of their unit level pre-deployment training, known as Cascade training. Once deployed, further continuation training for all ranks is conducted. In addition, every soldier is issued with a language card which is taught during pre-deployment training.

MAMBA/Cobra

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many (a) MAMBA and (b) Cobra are deployed in (i) Iraq and (ii) Afghanistan; what the response time is of each under incoming fire; and how the information generated by each is used. (99616)

Equipment for battlefield surveillance and target acquisition is available in both Iraq and Afghanistan. I am withholding details on the precise number of MAMBA (Mobile Artillery Monitoring Battlefield Radar) and COBRA (Counter Battery Radar) and information on how they are used tactically as this would, or would be likely to, prejudice the security of our armed forces.

Media Access

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what measures are in place to ensure fair and equal access by all broadcast and print media reporting from combat areas in Iraq and Afghanistan. (99080)

The MOD has dedicated staff, processes and systems designed to provide balanced access for UK and international correspondents. These processes are laid out in the MOD ‘Green Book’ (“MOD Working Arrangements with the Media for use Throughout the Full Spectrum of Military Operations”) a copy of which is available on the MOD website (www.mod.uk). The ‘Green Book’ provides details of how correspondents should apply for operational media assignments. Applications for operational assignments are assessed on a case by case basis and decisions to approve applications are based on a range of factors, such as the ability of the military to facilitate the media visit. The MOD aims at all times to ensure a fair and balanced approach by ensuring that a wide a variety of responsible media organisations are represented.

Mental Health

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what measures his Department uses to assess the success of mental health treatment for (a) service personnel and (b) veterans; and what his assessment is of the outcomes of each of the treatment centres that his Department uses. (91288)

The MOD uses the Medical Employment Standard (MES) as the main measure of outcome of its medical treatment including for mental health. The MES gives an indication of the employability of Service patients from the beginning (diagnosis) through to the end of their care pathway. The MES is derived from a medical assessment of the patient’s illness, the treatment course required and various occupational factors. The MES indicates whether the Service person can carry out full service, serve in some restricted form/role for a temporary period or, in some cases, a permanent basis or whether they should be discharged from the Service on medical grounds.

With regard to outcomes, in the majority of cases, personnel treated at the MOD's Departments of Community Mental Health are able to return to Service. Medical discharge rates for mental health conditions are low—out of 2000 personnel medically discharged annually from the UK armed forces, only about 150 will have a mental health problem. Of these, 20-25 will meet the criteria to be diagnosed with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD).

With regard to veterans, upon leaving the armed forces or on demobilisation for reservists it is the long established practice that responsibility for medical care passes to the NHS. This has been the case since 1948 under successive Governments. Responsibility for assessment of mental healthcare for veterans provided by the NHS rests with the UK Health Departments.

For veterans who are also war pensioners, under the War Pensions Scheme the MOD has a discretionary power to meet the cost of any necessary expenses in respect of the medical, surgical or rehabilitative treatment of ex-members of the armed forces that arise wholly or mainly arise as a result of the disablement due to service, before 6 April 2005. It cannot be used to fund treatment provided under other UK legislation. Where appropriate “remedial treatment” at homes run by the Ex-Services Mental Welfare Society (Combat Stress) is funded by this route for pensioned psychological conditions.

Over the last few years research evidence of effective best practice treatment and interventions for mental health disorders has been published and officials of MOD, the UK Health Departments and Combat Stress are currently working to develop and implement a new community mental health service for veterans. This will involve public, private and charitable providers working together to deliver evidence based interventions and will be subject to appropriate clinical governance.

In addition, the department recently announced that reservists demobilised since January 2003 will be entitled to a mental health assessment by Defence Medical Services personnel, and out-patient treatment if appropriate. A further announcement will be made later this year to confirm the details of the service that will be provided including the location(s) at which the assessments will be provided, and the date on which the service will commence.

Military Exercises

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many military exercises were cancelled in (a) 2004 and (b) 2005; how many have been cancelled in 2006; and what the reasons were for cancelling each exercise. (98557)

During financial year 2004-05, a total of 379 training events were scheduled on the Defence Exercise Programme (DXP) of which 79 (20 per cent.) were cancelled. While specific reasons for cancellation are not available in many cases, and could be provided only at disproportionate cost, the Programme was affected by competing operational priorities. Since that time, improved data capture has enabled a more detailed review of the DXP.

During FY 2005-06, a total of 533 training events were scheduled on the DXP of which 58 (10.8 per cent.) were cancelled. In detail, 30 exercises were cancelled due to operational commitments, 13 were removed as savings measures and 10 were cancelled by other nations. The remaining five events were cancelled in response to changing priorities or rescheduling.

During the period 1 April 2006 to 31 October 2006, a total of 438 training events were scheduled on the DXP of which 30 (6.8 per cent.) were cancelled. In detail, 13 exercises were cancelled due to operational commitments, two were removed as savings measures and 11 were cancelled by other nations. The remaining four events were cancelled in response to changing priorities or rescheduling.

Further details of the military exercise cancelled since 1 April 2005 are set out as follows.

Exercise name

Location

Type

Reason for cancellation

Exercises Cancelled in FY 2005-06

Catt 05

Salisbury Plain Trg area, UK

Land

Operational priorities

Bass Rock

Canada

Land

Cancelled by Lead Nation

Pathfinder

Czech Republic

Land

Cancelled by mutual consent: operational commitments

Lone Kestrel 05

Poland

Air

Cancelled by Lead Nation

Gruflex 05

Spain

Air

Cancelled by Lead Nation

Fwit 05

Norway

Air

Cancelled by Lead Nation

Air Warrior 05-10 PX

USA

Air

Cancelled by Lead Nation

Smart Search 05

USA

Air

Cancelled by Lead Nation

Lucky Sentinel 05

Canada

Air

Cancelled by Lead Nation

Lone Osprey 05

Ukraine

Air

Cancelled due insufficient time to resolve Ukrainian requirements.

JTP 05-5

UK General

Air

Operational commitments

Cross Check 05

Canada

Air

Operational commitments

Baltops 05

Baltic

Air

Operational commitments

Trident Door 05

Mediterranean

Air

Operational commitments

Wycombe Warrior 05-07 (Day 1)

High Wycombe, UK

Air

Operational commitments

Wycombe Warrior 05-07 (Day 2)

High Wycombe, UK

Air

Operational commitments

Cygnet Gold

France

Land

Cancelled due to MOU issues

Nomad 05

Waddington, UK

Air

Cancelled due to withdrawal of 3 nations

Snow Leopard 06

Norway

Air

Operational priorities

Air Cadre 06-1

Cyprus

Joint

Revised priorities

Flycatcher 05-2

UK General

Joint

Revised priorities

Red Corvette 06

UK General

Joint

Revised priorities

Fidae 06

Chile

Air

Operational commitments; not cost effective

1 Div CT5 Ex

Poland

Land

Operational commitments

3 Div CT5 Ex

Salisbury Plain Trg Area, UK

Land

Operational commitments

Czech Pineapple

Czech Republic

Land

Operational commitments

Eagles Resolve

Salisbury Plain Trg Area, UK

Operational commitments

Fingals Cave

Canada

Operational commitments

Iron Anvil 05

Canada

Operational commitments

Joint Falcon 06

South Cerney, UK

Air

Operational commitments

Kimmons Post

Cyprus

Land

Operational commitments

Kleiber

France

Land

Operational commitments

Medoc

UK General

Land

Operational commitments

Quicksand 05

Africa

Joint

Operational commitments

Snow Chute 06

Norway

Air

Operational commitments

Swordfish 05

Mediterranean

Air

Operational commitments

Templar Forge 05-1

Cyprus

Air

Operational commitments

Templar Forge 05-2

Cyprus

Air

Operational commitments

Templar Forge 05-3

Cyprus

Air

Operational commitments

Aswex 05

Kinloss, UK

Air

Operational commitments

Eagles Resolve-Air

UK General

Air

Operational commitments

Lemon Peel 05-2

UK General

Joint

Operational commitments

Target Flame 05-3

Cyprus

Air

Operational priorities (Opeval)

Initial Link 05

Bahrain

Air

Re-scheduled

Eagles Flight 06

UK General

Air

Rescheduled as Eagles Eye 06

Danex

Denmark/North Sea

Maritime

Savings measure

Druids Dance

Salisbury Plain Trg Area, UK

Land

Savings measure

Flotex Silver

Norway Maritim

Maritime

Savings measure

Lone Cheetah 05

France

Air

Savings measure

Lone Civet 05

Europe General

Air

Savings measure

Lone Eagle 05

Spain

Air

Savings measure

Lone Egret 05

Slovakia

Air

Savings measure

Lone Feat 05

Europe General

Air

Savings measure

Lone Flap 05

Norway

Air

Savings measure

Lone Kite 05

Europe General

Air

Savings measure

Lone Knot 05

Europe General

Air

Savings measure

Medicine Man

Batus Canada

Land

Savings measure

Snow Goose 05-2

Norway

Air

Savings measure

Exercises cancelled during period 1 April-31 October2006

Czech Pineapple 06

Czech Rep

Land

Operational Commitments

Gaulish 2/06

Not Specified

Land

Operational Commitments

Paper Chase 06/07

Germany

Land

Operational Commitments

Path Finder 06/07

Czech Rep

Land

Operational Commitments

Alberts Rapport 06-1

North America

Air

Operational Commitments

Gaulish 1—06/07

France/UK

Land

Operational Commitments

JTP 2—06/07

UK

Land

Operational Commitments

Dragons Nest 06

Europe

Air

Cancelled by Lead Nation

Javelin 06/07

Nepal

Land

Revised Priorities

Airlift Rodeo 06

North America

Air

Cancelled by Lead Nation

Heavy Ferry 06/07

Germany

Land

Revised Priorities

Fingals Cave 06/07

Canada

Land

Cancelled by Host Nation

Express Three 06/07 (Russian Express 06)

Russia

Land

Cancelled due to coord issues with Host Nation

Gaulish 5—06/07

France/UK

Land

Operational Commitments

Lone Knot 06

Europe

Air

Postponed by Lead Nation

Tunuk Warrior 06/07

Turkey

Land

Cancelled by Lead Nation

Wet Gap 06/07

Germany

Land

Revised Priorities

Grand Prix 1—06/07

Kenya

Land

Savings measure

Cossack Steppe 06/07

Ukraine

Land

Cancelled due insufficient time to resolve Ukrainian requirements

Night Hawk 2/06

Denmark

Joint

Operational commitments

Wycombe Warrior 09-06 (Day 1 and 2)

United Kingdom

Air

Cancelled by NATO

Blue Cypriot

Cyprus

Land

Operational Commitments

Aphrodite 06/07

Cyprus

Land

Revised Priorities

Assegai Eyes 06

United Kingdom

Joint

Operational Commitments

Rainbow Serpent 06/07

Australia

Land

Ex reduced in scope due to Australian operational commitments

Eagles Eye 06/07

UK

Land

Operational commitments

Cockfight 2/06

UK

Joint

Operational commitments

Rock Challenge

USA

Joint

Savings measure

Triplex Flame 06.1

Europe

Air

Cancelled by Lead Nation

Lone Flap 06

Europe

Air

Cancelled by Lead Nation

Military Research

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many tests have been carried out on primates in military research in each of the last five years; and what the scientific basis is of the tests. (94698)

The Defence Science and Technology Laboratory at Porton Down undertakes research involving non-human primates as part of the overall research programme to provide the UK and its armed forces with safe and effective countermeasures in the event of chemical or biological agents being used against them.

Dstl Porton Down submits annual returns to the Home Office detailing the number of procedures undertaken which involve the use of animals as defined in the Animals (Scientific Procedures) Act 1986. In the years 2001 to 2005 the annual returns to the Home Office for non-human primates are detailed in the following table.

Number of procedures on non-human primates

2001

68

2002

42

2003

23

2004

30

2005

54

The use of animals is only a very small aspect of the overall military research programme. The role of Dstl protecting the UK and its armed forces requires it to answer questions and develop solutions to problems that cannot currently be addressed without the use of animals in research. The use of animals is only undertaken if there is no suitable non-animal system which can be used.

Dstl continually seeks alternatives to working with animals and specifically addresses ways in which animal use can be reduced and refined.

Dstl pays particular attention to the relative strengths and weaknesses of different animal models. Species selection is a critical feature in optimising the confidence with which animal-derived data can be extrapolated to man. Non-human primates are reserved for pivotal bridging studies designed to answer questions primarily concerned with nervous system function, behaviour and aspects of immunology.

Over the last five years non-human primates (marmosets or rhesus monkeys) have been involved in research:

(i) to refine nerve agent pre-treatments and therapies,

(ii) to assess vaccines and therapies against anthrax,

(iii) to develop an effective animal model for hookworm infection with a view to utilisation in vaccine studies,

(iv) to evaluate the hazard to man of new, emerging threat agents,

(v) to investigate the possible interactions of multiple vaccinations.

Wherever possible, the results of this research has, or will be, published in the open technical literature.

Military Vehicles

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what assessment he has made of the suitability of the Snatch Land Rover for operations in Iraq; what steps he is taking to safeguard British troops in Iraq; and what off-the-shelf purchases to replace or supplement Snatch Land Rovers have been made since the start of the military action in Iraq. (95519)

Commanders need a range of vehicles to be used as they see fit to meet the mission and counter the threat. The Snatch Land Rover will remain an appropriate vehicle for some tasks, but the need to provide enhanced protection against the threats currently faced in Iraq and Afghanistan was a key factor in the decision to procure rapidly a suite of new Protected Patrol Vehicles.

We announced on 24 July 2006, Official Report, column 74WS, the procurement of almost 400 vehicles with improved protection for deployment to Iraq and Afghanistan, including Mastiff (the UK variant of the Cougar), Vector and Bulldog (up-armoured FV430). These will provide commanders with a range of vehicles of varying protection, mobility and profile, to be used according to operational circumstances.

Ministerial Visits

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence on how many occasions he has visited (a) Scotland, (b) Wales and (c) Northern Ireland in the last 12 months. (94961)

Defence Ministers have made the following number of official visits to Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland over the last 12 months.

Scotland

Wales

Northern Ireland

Secretary of State

4

1

0

Minister of the Armed Forces

12

1

3

Minister for Defence Procurement

2

0

0

Under Secretary of State

1

3

0

Missiles

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how much his Department allocated towards missile defence research and development in (a) 2004, (b) 2005 and (c) 2006; and what the allocation is for 2007. (98552)

The expenditure on such research, spent through the UK Missile Defence Centre, was £6.411 million in financial year 2004-05, and £2.733 million in financial year 2005-06. The current financial year budget is £5.345 million, and the planned budget for 2007-08 is £5 million.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many UK personnel from his Department were seconded to the US Missile Defense Agency in (a) 2005 and (b) 2006; what the expected number is in 2007; and how many US personnel were seconded to the UK Missile Defence Centre in each year. (98553)

I refer the hon. Member to the reply I gave on 25 July 2006, Official Report, column 1545W, to the hon. Member for Aldershot (Mr. Howarth). There are no current plans to change these numbers in 2007.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the focus is of work undertaken by the Missile Defence Centre. (98554)

The Missile Defence Centre continues to focus on providing scientific and technical advice to the Ministry of Defence on strategic missile defence matters, and supports UK industrial opportunities in this area. It also supports US work on high technology programmes related to their own missile defence programme, including assessments of the consequences of missile intercepts, and the demonstration and testing of hardware.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how much his Department has spent on the Harpoon missile. (94943)

Nuclear Weapons

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether classified material relevant to the United Kingdom nuclear deterrent was compromised in the recent reported leak of documents from Los Alamos nuclear weapons laboratory. (99078)

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what assessment he has made of the effect on the continuation of (a) Devonport and (b) Faslane naval base of a decision not to proceed with a new generation of the nuclear deterrent. (99079)

Officials are working to prepare for decisions on the future of the UK’s nuclear deterrent. This work is considering the implications for support infrastructure. It remains our intention that these decisions will be taken later this year, following which we will publish a White Paper.

Operation Enduring Freedom

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what his estimate is of the number of British troops that will continue to take part in Operation Enduring Freedom operations from 1st August 2006. (84897)

The UK's detachment of Harrier GR7 aircraft continue to support both the NATO-led International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) and coalition operations.

UK trainers supporting Afghan National Army development in Kabul will also remain under coalition command, and the UK will continue to provide a number of embedded staff officers in the coalition headquarters. Overall, this amounts to around 180 personnel.

Parachute Regiment

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many members of 3rd Battalion the Parachute Regiment on 1 April 2006 were unfit for duty on 1 October 2006. (95282)

On 1 October 2006, nine members of 3rd Battalion the Parachute Regiment were unfit for any form of duty.

Parliamentary Questions

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence when he will answer question 71799 tabled on 16 May 2006; and if he will make a statement on his Department’s policy on answering parliamentary Questions. (96764)

I replied to the hon. Member earlier today. The Ministry of Defence strives to provide an answer to all parliamentary questions within the required time frame.

Pensions

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what representations he has received on extending the widow's and widower's pension under the armed forces pension scheme to post-retirement marriages; and if he will make a statement. (84882)

Ex-service and widows' groups continue to campaign to make retrospective certain pension improvements that have been made since they left the armed forces. One such improvement is in respect of the change in 1978 to the requirement for a widow/widower to have been married to the ex-serviceman or woman during their service in order to receive certain benefits.

Successive Governments have considered retrospective changes to public sector pension schemes to be unaffordable. For this reason, the Government opposed the amendments.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what estimate he has made of the annual revenue yield from the introduction of an employee pension contribution of 6 per cent. of pay for all members of the armed forces; and if he will make a statement. (93540)

The armed forces pension schemes are final salary based, non-contributory, contracted-out occupational pension schemes open to most members of the armed forces. The MOD does, however, make a substantial contribution into the schemes each year for current members, currently the overall contribution equates to 24.8 per cent. of the armed forces pay bill.

The non-contributory nature of the schemes was last reviewed as part of the major overhaul of the schemes which were introduced through the Armed Forces (Pensions and Compensation) Act 2004. The Government decided against an employee's contribution at that time because of the complexity of introducing a contributory scheme alongside a non contributory scheme, the administrative complexity and the cost of the change, the impact on personnel of issuing different rates of pay for the same job and the effect on morale, recruitment and retention (HC1155 dated 25 July 2002). The changes made as a result of the review addressed the matter of long term affordability, such as increases in longevity, by rebalancing the provision to take account of modern pension practices and legislative change, and by changing the preserved pension ages.

The Armed Forces Pay Review Body, in their recommendations on the total remuneration package for the armed forces, makes an adjustment to comparator earnings figures to take account of the higher relative value of the armed forces pension scheme benefits against that of pension schemes of comparator private sector organisations. The non-contributory nature of the scheme is one of the factors taken in to account. The level of the adjustment made is currently 7 per cent.

The MOD has not previously made an estimate of the annual revenue yield from introducing an employee contribution of 6 per cent. Taking the armed forces pay bill for 2005-06 as a basis for the calculation, a 6 per cent. employee contribution would equate to £342 million.

Projects Haven and Scribe

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) what procedures he has put in place under Project Haven and Project Scribe to invite applications from ex-service personnel who believe they may be entitled to compensation under the initiatives; (93308)

(2) what steps he has taken to increase awareness among ex-service personnel of their possible entitlement to compensation under the Project Haven and Project Scribe initiatives;

(3) what criteria were set by his Department for the assessment of eligibility for compensation under the Project Haven and Project Scribe initiative;

(4) how many ex-service personnel have been paid compensation under Project Haven and Project Scribe; and what the cost of such compensation was;

(5) what procedures he plans to put in place to ensure that ex-service personnel whose claim for compensation under Project Haven or Project Scribe is refused can have their case independently assessed;

(6) how many assessments of entitlement under the Project Haven and Project Scribe initiatives resulted in no compensation being paid;

(7) what procedures he has put in place to ensure that the assessment of entitlement to compensation under Project Haven and Project Scribe is subject to independent scrutiny.

The Ministry of Defence fully publicised Project Haven in the national media and in ex-service organisations publications, along with information on our websites. All material advised how an individual could make a claim to correct their tax status. In Project Scribe there was no national media campaign; however, information about the error regarding Armed Forces Pension Scheme invaliding pensions, was sent to all individuals who were in receipt of a War Pensions Scheme disablement pension, widows or widowers pension, in the form of a “War Pensions Newsletter”. This group of pensioners were at risk and therefore they were advised how to make a claim. In addition, information was posted on our websites, and towards the end of the review ex-service organisations kindly published details about the error and how to make a claim in their publications.

In both projects individuals were not invited to make a claim for compensation but to contact the Department to correct the tax status or level of their pension and claim any back payments of pension or tax. Once an individual had been identified as receiving incorrect payments etc. interest was paid in accordance with Government Accounting and HM Revenue and Customs rules and additional recompense as agreed by the Department.

This publicity was considered the most appropriate at the time the errors were established and during the review period. There are no plans to increase the level of awareness for Projects Haven and Scribe as we are confident that we have identified all those affected and have made the necessary corrections plus interest and compensation payments where appropriate.

The criteria for the payment of compensation in Project Haven and Scribe was set out in written ministerial statements on 15 December 2003, Official Report, column 130WS, and 15 June 2004, Official Report, column 26WS, respectively.

In his written ministerial statement of 11 July 2006, Official Report, columns 60-61WS, my predecessor reported that some 5,500 pension awards under both projects had been corrected at a cost of £32.4 million plus some £18.2 million paid in compensation. Approximately 1,600 individuals whose pension or tax status was corrected did not receive compensation. There are a number of reasons why an individual may not have received compensation, for example, an individual's pension was recorded as “taxable”, however, as the value of the pension was below the tax threshold, they had not paid tax.

The Armed Forces Personnel Administration Agency (AFPAA) was responsible for assessing the entitlement to compensation in each case according to the methodology set by the Department. There are no independent procedures in place to ensure that the individual's assessment is correct; however, AFPAA’s own internal project team undertook an audit on a proportion of the cases. The compensation methodology was available to all individuals and if an individual considers that this has not been followed AFPAA will investigate and provide a detailed breakdown of the compensation. Likewise where an individual has not received compensation and they consider that they should have, the appeal will be considered initially under the Department's statutory Internal Dispute Resolution procedures. Following this appeal route an individual may seek the services of the Occupational Pensions Advisory Service and the pensions ombudsman, both of whom are independent.

Proliferation Security Initiative

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence in how many operations the Royal Navy took part in 2005 as part of the Proliferation Security Initiative; and in how many such operations it has taken part in 2006. (98558)

The Royal Navy has not taken part in any operations as part of the Proliferation Security Initiative in 2005 or 2006.

QinetiQ

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what steps his Department has taken to ensure that former directors of QinetiQ now working for the Investment Approvals Board have no conflict of interest relating to projects for which QinetiQ is bidding. (93372)

None of the current members of the Ministry of Defence's Investment Approvals Board (IAB) are, or ever have been, directors of QinetiQ.

Service Personnel

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the full complement is of (a) doctors, (b) nurses and (c) dentists in the (i) Army, (ii) Royal Air Force and (iii) Royal Navy; how many are employed in each category; and if he will make a statement. (89623)

The two key outputs of the Defence Medical Services (DMS) are medical support to deployed operations, and the provision of health care to the armed forces to ensure that the maximum possible numbers of armed forces personnel are fit for purpose. The DMS will continue to deliver both outputs, working where appropriate with coalition partners, the NHS, private health care providers and the charity sector. The DMS have met all operational requirements placed on them. Medical support to deployed operations is absolutely vital and there is no question of British forces deploying on military operations without the appropriate medical support.

The current official, formally endorsed DMS manning requirement figures were drawn up as a consequence of the Strategic Defence Review (SDR) in 1998. Since then, however, overall defence planning assumptions have changed and DMS manning requirement figures have evolved. In order to support the defence planning assumptions contained within Defence Strategic Guidance 03, the Defence Medical Capability (DMC) Phase 2 Study was carried out. The DMC study produced interim revised DMS manning requirement figures which more accurately reflect defence planning assumptions and have thus overtaken the SDR figures. Indeed, the Ministry of Defence has previously released elements of the interim revised manning requirements, in anticipation of a new definitive set of figures (as in a previous answer to the hon. Member for the Forest of Dean on 9 February 2006, Official Report, column 1402W).

However, the DMC figures are themselves only interim. The overall DMS manning requirement is currently under review against the strategic requirement, and the figures will change. I anticipate that new endorsed DMS manning requirement figures will be available later this year.

The following table show the manning levels as at July 2006 in the specialties of general medical practitioners, nurses and dental officers (requirement figures shown are the SDR figures and the DMC figures, but as explained, these are being revised):

SDR Requirement

DMC Requirement

Trained Strength

General Medical Practitioners

RN

71

54

53

ARMY

250

120

130

RAF

130

94

73

Nurses

RN

320

220

290

ARMY

1,080

1,000

590

RAF

490

450

420

Dental Officers

RN

58

62

57

ARMY

140

120

130

RAF

63

55

67

Notes: 1. Figures above 100 have been rounded to the nearest 10. 2. Figures are the trained strength for each cadre in each service and include some specialists working out of specialty in headquarter posts. Source: DMSD

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many complaints about incorrect pay have been received from service personnel in each of the services in each year since 2001. (92809)

Prior to Joint Personnel Administration (JPA) rollout to the RAF on 20 March 2006, pay complaints were dealt with by the individual's unit human resources staff and details of the number of complaints received were not held centrally. This will continue to be the case for the Royal Navy and the Army until rollout on 23 October 2006 and March 2007 respectively.

As at 10 October 2006, 526 complaints had been received from RAF personnel via the centralised JPA complaints process about real or apparent problems with pay or the handling of a query.

Stress

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how much public funding was given to Combat Stress in 2005-06. (97095)

The MOD provided £2.3 million funding to Combat Stress in 2005-06. Funds are provided through the War Pensions Scheme’s discretionary power to meet the cost of any necessary expenses in respect of medical, surgical or rehabilitative treatment of ex-members of the armed forces that arise wholly or mainly as a result of disablement due to service before 6 April 2005 where it is not provided for under other UK legislation. This includes the individual costs of war pensioners undergoing “remedial treatment” at homes run by Combat Stress for conditions related to their individual pensioned disablement and of related expenses such as travel costs. In addition, Combat Stress receives separate funding from the Scottish Health Board for war pensioners treatment at Hollybush House.

Trident

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence whether the originally planned lifespan of the Vanguard-class Trident submarines is (a) 25 and (b) 30 years. (98170)

[holding answer 1 November 2006]: The Vanguard-class submarines were procured with a designed operational life of 25 years.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence when a decision will have to be made on whether or not to participate in the Trident D5 missile life extension programme; and what the estimated cost is of participating in the programme. (98560)

[holding answer 31 October 2006]: It remains our intention that decisions on the future of the UK’s nuclear deterrent will be taken later this year, following which we will publish a White Paper. In this context, previously we have indicated in our response (published on 26 July 2006) to the First HCDC report on the Future of the UK’s Strategic Nuclear Deterrent, that one of the early decisions required relates to possible UK participation in the life extension programme for the Trident D5 missile. The estimated costs of the options available for maintaining our nuclear deterrent will be set out in the White Paper.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what method will be used for the decommissioning of Trident; and over what time scale he expects the decommissioning to take place. (98726)

[holding answer 1 November 2006]: Decommissioning of the current Trident system is still some way off. It is therefore too early to discuss the precise methods that will be used to decommission Trident and over what time scales this will take place. Officials are however investigating these as part of the work to prepare for decisions, which will be taken later this year, on the future of the United Kingdom’s nuclear deterrent.

UN Security Resolution 1325

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) if he will make an assessment of the feasibility of including a mandatory module on UN Security Council resolution 1325 in armed forces operational training and guidance; (98583)

(2) what steps have been taken by his Department to increase awareness of UN Security Council resolution 1325 throughout the armed forces;

(3) what measures are in place to promote among members of the armed forces recognition of the disproportionate impact of conflict on women and girls.

The provisions of UNSCR 1325 are reflected in the training of UK service personnel in the Law of Armed Conflict and in the pre-deployment preparations. In addition, pre-deployment planning covers social and cultural issues, including specific gender issues that should be taken into account. The MOD has also commissioned an audit of the existing training provision, against both the resolution itself and the training outcomes identified in the UN’s own training package on the resolution. The results of the audit should allow us to show more clearly how training is compliant, while also helping us identify any further training needs.

Veterans

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what health services are being provided to veterans of the Falkland Islands war. (98030)

Health care for veterans of the Falkland Islands conflict who are still serving is provided by the Defence Medical Services. Once they leave the armed forces, responsibility passes to the NHS, as it does for all former UK-based service personnel. If a veteran is also a war pensioner then he or she will be entitled to priority NHS treatment for the accepted condition(s); priority is decided by the clinician in charge and is subject to clinical need. The Government also funds care provided by the Ex-Services Mental Welfare Society (Combat Stress) for those with an appropriate condition accepted as being caused or made worse by service.

Treasury

Climate Change

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what his timetable is for discussing the Stern review on the economics of climate change with (a) UK (i) business and (ii) environmental stakeholders and (b) the European Union and other international decision makers. (100144)

The Chancellor will incorporate discussions of the review of the economics of climate change into his regular discussions with UK business, environmental stakeholders, the EU and international decision makers.

Departmental Estate

[holding answer 30 October 2006]: The net internal area of 1 Horse Guards Road is 31,200 sq m. The building is occupied by staff of the Cabinet Office and the Office of Government Commerce as well as by the Treasury, and also provides support facilities shared with HMRC staff in 100 Parliament Street.

Departmental Expenditure

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer pursuant to the answer of 18 October 2006, Official Report, column 1256W, on gym facilities (HM Treasury), whether his Department subsidises the gymnasium. (97880)

The Treasury provides accommodation for the gym in 1 Horse Guards Road. Running costs and equipment costs are met from membership subscriptions.

Departmental IT

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer which IT contracts awarded by his Department in 2001-02 were subsequently abandoned; and what the value was of each such contract. (99386)

I refer the hon. Member to the answerI gave to the hon. Member for Angus (Mr. Weir) on9 October 2006, Official Report, column 285W.

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much his Department spent on IT consultants in each year since 2001; and how many of those consultants worked on web-facing projects. (97555)

The information requested is not readily available as the Department’s financial systems do not separately record all amounts spent on consultancy for IT projects, or the element of consultancy that is given to web-facing projects.

Departmental Staff

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer if his Department will (a) carry out an age audit of its staff to establish an age profile of its work force, (b) negotiate an age management policy with trade unions and employees to eliminate age discrimination and retain older workers, (c) identify and support training needs and offer older staff flexible working to downshift towards retirement and (d) extend to over-fifties the right to request to work flexibly and the right to training with paid time off; and if he will make a statement. (96504)

The Treasury carries out regular age audits of its staff and has established an age profile of its work force. All human resources policies are under review, in consultation with the trade unions, to ensure that they comply with the Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006.

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many members of staff left his Department due to bullying, discrimination or harassment in the last 12 months. (97970)

There is no record of any member of staff of the Treasury having left the Department in the last 12 months as a result of bullying, discrimination or harassment.

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what recent estimate he has made of staff turnover in his Department; and what proportion of employees in his Department left in the last 12 months. (97971)

The latest available data on leavers and joiners is for 2004-05 and is published at the Cabinet Office statistics website http://www.civilservice.gov.uk/management/statistics/reports/2005/tables_and_charts/index.asp

More up-to-date information on total headcount and joiners is available in the HM Treasury Departmental Report 2006 at http://www.hm-treasury.gov.uk/about/departmental_reports/dept_report2006.cfm

Departmental Websites

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much was spent by his Department on maintaining its websites in 2005-06; and how many visits each website received during this period. (97977)

HM Treasury spent £135,592 maintaining its websites in the financial year 2005-06.

Visits for each website during this period were as follows:

Site address

Visits

www.hm-treasury.gov.uk

1,303,359

www.thegfp.treasury.gov.uk1

14,266

www.euro.gov.uk

3550,000

www.financialreporting.gov.uk

4—

www.financialinclusion-taskforce.org.uk2

6,901

www.ges.gov.uk

114,664

www.csren.gov.uk

19,209

www.isb.gov.uk

4

www.redbox.gov.uk

66,457

www.stakeholdersaving.gov.uk

22,873

1 Statistics from the date site was launched—October 2005. 2 Statistics from the date site was launched—19 May 2005. 3 Approximate figure. 4 No statistics recorded.

Fraud

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what assessment he has made of the measures to protect savers with (a) building societies, (b) banks and (c) credit unions from fraud. (99039)

[holding answer 2 November 2006]: The Treasury is responsible for the overall institutional structure of financial regulation and the legislation which governs it.

The Financial Services Authority's powers and responsibilities are set out in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. These include the authorisation and prudential supervision of banks, building societies and credit unions.

The FSA's rules require firms to take reasonable care to establish and maintain effective systems and controls for compliance with applicable requirements and standards under the regulatory system and for countering the risk that the firm might be used to further financial crime. The definition of financial crime includes fraud.

The Chief Secretary, along with the Attorney-General, commissioned a review of the UK response to fraud which reported in the summer and has just been subject to consultation. The Attorney-General's office is assessing the responses to this consultation and we will work closely with them to identify any appropriate action.

Fuel (Duty/Prices)

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the level of fuel duty is on (a) petrol and (b) diesel in the UK; and what assessment he has made of such duties in the other EU member states. (99804)

The duty rate for both ultra-low sulphur petrol and ultra-low sulphur diesel is 47.10 pence per litre.

When taking decisions on fuel duty rates, the Chancellor of the Exchequer takes account of all relevant social economic, environmental and social considerations, including the rates of duty in other member states.

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what recent discussions he has had with oil producers on fuel prices. (98590)

[holding answer 2 November 2006]: Treasury Ministers and officials have regular meetings with oil producers and their representatives. Such meetings will cover a range of issues relating to the oil industry including fuel prices.

Pensions

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many people have been affected by collapsed company pension schemes in (a) the UK, (b) North Tyneside, (c) South Tyneside and (d) Jarrow constituency in the last five years. (97735)

I have been asked to reply.

It is not possible to provide a breakdown of the information requested by region.

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer (1) whether an increase in public sector employee pension contribution rates counts as a reduction in Government spending in the national accounts; and if he will make a statement; (93541)

(2) how his Department treats (a) increases and (b) decreases in employee contributions to public sector pension schemes for accounting purposes; and what effects would such changes have on Government (i) spending and (ii) receipts; and if he will make a statement.

Total Managed Expenditure (TME), the Government’s preferred measure of expenditure drawn from the National Accounts, nets employee pension contributions off gross expenditure on pensions paid. This means that an increase in employee contribution rates without any commensurate increase in salaries or pension benefits would reduce TME. Government receipts, which finance TME, are unaffected by pension contributions, as these net off within TME.

Contributions that employees make to funded public service pension schemes, such as the Local Government Pension Scheme and funded pension schemes in the wider public sector, are treated as income to the individual funds and are not netted off in TME as described above.

Population Statistics

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many births were registered in each local authority in the north east region in each of the last 10 years. (99857)

The information requested falls within the responsibility of the National Statistician who has been asked to reply.

Letter from Colin Mowl, dated 6 November 2006:

The National Statistician has been asked to reply to your question about how many births were registered in each local authority in the North East Region in each of the last 10 years. I am replying in her absence. (99857).

The latest year for which figures are available is 2005. The numbers of births to women resident in each of the local authorities requested in the years 1996 to 2005 are shown in the attached table.

Table 1: Live births by area of usual residence, local and unitary authorities1 in the north east government office region. 1996 to 2005

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

Darlington UA

1,189

1,177

1,163

1,188

1,053

1,078

1,139

1,179

1,254

1,218

Hartlepool UA

1,130

1,107

1,096

1,081

1,063

1,031

1,010

1,065

1,073

1,116

Middlesbrough UA

1,937

1,919

1,802

1,827

1,781

1,666

1,695

1,786

1,849

1,916

Redcar and Cleveland UA

1,705

1,602

1,559

1,490

1,365

1,432

1,357

1,446

1,509

1,577

Stockton-on-Tees UA

2,226

2,107

2,097

2,066

1,963

1,942

2,016

2,115

2,117

2,241

Chester-le-Street

640

687

659

600

595

523

551

540

536

537

Derwentside

1,014

969

955

899

911

872

840

877

899

922

Durham

835

831

829

857

780

715

801

790

806

788

Easington

1,202

1,179

1,165

1,058

928

933

987

921

1,103

1,069

Sedgefield

1,040

985

1,040

964

913

918

889

974

1,045

958

Teesdale

227

247

230

223

216

183

185

188

229

193

Wear Valley

743

702

683

661

644

624

647

639

726

722

Alnwick

323

321

336

309

265

290

270

275

281

296

Berwick-upon-Tweed

231

194

196

217

165

180

175

200

176

194

Blyth Valley

955

928

921

921

866

883

807

868

865

975

Castle Morpeth

459

463

429

407

372

378

382

379

396

368

Tynedale

540

533

565

537

506

522

512

531

562

516

Wansbeck

768

719

752

686

624

628

616

681

672

675

Gateshead

2,300

2,327

2,162

2,109

2,070

1,995

2,012

2,020

2,128

2,118

Newcastle upon Tyne

3,249

3,188

3,034

2,879

2,887

2,875

2,941

2,895

2,918

2,979

North Tyneside

2,179

2,145

2,171

2,006

2,052

1,949

2,042

2,101

2,160

2,274

South Tyneside

1,761

1,763

1,653

1,643

1,521

1,479

1,467

1,523

1,540

1,529

Sunderland

3,448

3,311

3,223

3,111

2,959

2,853

2,930

3,012

2,971

3,068

Total north east

30,101

29,404

28,720

27,739

26,499

25,949

26,271

27,005

27,815

28,249

1 Figures relate to local and unitary authority area boundaries at 1 April in the year in which the birth was registered. Source: ONS Key Population and Vital Statistics, Local and Health Authority Areas, Series VS nos. 23-31 and Population Trends no. 124.

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the mortality rates were for socio-economic categories (a) I, (b) II (c) III, (d) IV, and (e) V in each year since 1997. (100061)

The information requested falls within the responsibility of the National Statistician who has been asked to reply.

Letter from Colin Mowl, dated 6 November 2006:

The National Statistician has been asked to reply to your recent question asking what the mortality rates were for social classes (a) I, (b) II, (c) III, (d) IV and (e) V in each year since 1997. I am replying in her absence. (100061)

Mortality rates by social class are calculated as three year averages. It is sometimes necessary to combine social classes, and to restrict the analysis to certain age groups, to produce reliable estimates. The table below provides, for men and women aged 35-64, the mortality rates in social classes (a) I and II combined, (b) III non-manual, (c) III manual, and (d) IV and V combined, in 1997-99 (the latest period available).

Table 1. Age-standardised mortality rates1 by social class, men and women aged 35 to 64, England and Wales, 1997-992,3

Deaths per 100,000

Male

Female

Social class

Mortality rate

95 per cent. confidence interval4

Mortality rate

95 per cent. confidence interval

I and II Professional and intermediate

347

(302-399)

237

(201-281)

IIIN Skilled manual

417

(352-494)

253

(211-304)

IIIM Skilled non-manual

512

(472-556)

327

(290-369)

IV and V Partly skilled and unskilled

606

(546-672)

335

(289-388)

1 Age-standardised rates are used to allow comparison between populations which may contain different proportions of people of different ages. 2 These figures are based on the ONS Longitudinal Study, a representative 1 per cent. sample of the population of England and Wales. 3 Three year averages, based on deaths of members of the ONS Longitudinal Study in the years 1997-99 and the study population at risk of death during that period. 4 Confidence intervals are a measure of the statistical precision of an estimate and show the range of uncertainty around the estimated figure. Calculations based on small numbers of events are often subject to random fluctuations. As a general rule, if the confidence interval around one figure overlaps with the interval around another, we cannot say with certainty that there is more than a chance difference between the two figures.

Public Spectrum Sale

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer when he expects to publish plans for the sale and release of public spectrum. (97960)

The Government will publish a strategic Forward Look, assessing the public sector’s current spectrum use and forecasting future needs, in March 2007.

Research Contracts

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the total value is of public sector research contracts granted to small technology intensive companies since 16 March 2005; and how many small technology intensive companies have won such contracts. (99354)

I have been asked to reply.

The Government do not collate figures regarding the total value of public sector research contracts granted to small technology intensive companies. The cost and effort involved would be disproportionate given the number and variety of authorities and organizations involved.

However, there are figures for a subset of public sector spend, namely Government expenditure on extramural R and D under the Small Business Research Initiative (SBRI), which is designed to stimulate and increase the demand for research and development from high tech small firms. The participating Departments purchase at least 2.5 per cent. of their extramural R and D from SMEs. The value of contracts made with SMEs was £269.1 million, representing 10.6 per cent. of the baseline budget. SBRI figures for 2005-06 will be published shortly.

Sale of Assets

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer which local authorities have retained income from the sale of assets as set out in Budget 2006, Table C16. (99352)

In 2004-05, local authorities in the United Kingdom secured fixed asset sales of £5.2 billion as set out in Table C16, Budget 2006. Apart from certain housing land and dwellings receipts in England that are required to be pooled, local authorities are free to use the proceeds of asset sales to fund new capital expenditure, reduce indebtedness or to increase investments. The level of receipts retained by each individual authority on 2004-05 is set out in the tables that are available from DCLG, the Scottish Executive, the Welsh Assembly and the Department for Finance and Personnel Northern Ireland and have been deposited in the Library of the House.

Terrorist Finance

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer pursuant to his answer of 16 February 2006, Official Report, column 2421W, on terrorist activities (financing), on which date the structure, focus and membership of the review to safeguard the charitable sector from terrorist finance was established; which other Government Departments were consulted; what the membership of the review team is; what the terms of reference of the review are; which organisations, excluding Government Departments (a) have been consulted and (b) have provided evidence to the review; when the review will be completed; when the report will be made available to Parliament; what consultation will be carried out on the report's recommendations; and whether the recommendations will be made public before the Financial Action Task Force evaluates UK money laundering and terrorist finance measures. (94273)

I have been asked to reply.

On 13 February, the Chancellor announced that the Government would

“review how best to strengthen the safeguards to protect the charitable sector from terrorist abuse and protect donor confidence in so doing”.

The terms of reference were agreed in July 2006. The review will report to the Home Secretary and the Chancellor of the Exchequer in November.

Foreign and Commonwealth Office

Afghanistan

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what her most recent assessment is of the capacity of the Afghan armed forces to fulfil a role in the security and stabilisation of Afghanistan. (96354)

I have been asked to reply.

Developing effective Afghan National Security Forces is crucial to lasting stability in Afghanistan. So far, good progress has been made, with the Afghan Minister for Defence recently stating that there are now 34,000 officers, NCOs and soldiers in the Afghan National Army (ANA). The ANA is ethnically balanced and well trained, factors that contribute to the high regard it is held in by the population. Those troops deployed in Helmand have fought bravely and effectively alongside our own, enduring considerable sacrifice in pursuit of their own country’s security. ANA leadership and capabilities are developing well but it will take time and continued support before they are ready to take on this task independently.

Algeria

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what assessment she has made of the effect of the Charter for Peace and National Reconciliation in Algeria, with particular reference to its application to human rights violations by the security forces. (99233)

The Algerian people voted for the ‘Charter for Peace and National Reconciliation’ in a referendum in 2005. The Charter, which came into force in February 2006, granted an amnesty to those convicted of terrorist offences or who were prepared to surrender themselves to the security services. The amnesty also extended to government security forces. More than 2,000 terrorist prisoners have since been released under the Charter. In addition the Charter provides for the families of victims of terrorism to register the disappearance or death of their relative and obtain compensation.

The EU issued a statement when the Charter was adopted welcoming the participation of the Algerian people in the referendum and expressing the hope that Algeria will achieve lasting peace and reconciliation, based on the rule of law, respect for human rights and ongoing consultations with its citizens.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what steps she is taking to address human rights violations in Algeria, with particular reference to the torture of detainees accused of terrorism. (99234)

Promotion of human rights is central to the UK’s foreign policy. We aim to encourage improved standards through a constructive bilateral relationship with Algeria. We regularly raise human rights in our bilateral discussions with the Algerian Government. I did so during the inaugural UK-Algeria Ministerial Dialogue Forum held in Algiers on 7 June, which I co-chaired with the Algerian Deputy Foreign Minister, Dr. Abdelkader Messahel.

In 2005 the Algerian Government introduced legislation making torture a criminal offence. I am pleased that Amnesty International’s memorandum of April 2006 to the Algerian President, highlights that there have been fewer allegations of torture in police custody, and progress has been made on strengthening safeguards to protect detainees.

In February 2006 the UK sponsored a visit by senior Algerian judges and Ministry of Justice officials to the British judicial and penal systems. We have also funded and facilitated the International Centre for Prison Studies at King’s College London in developing links with the Algerian prison system. In September 2006 the UK established a new post of a police attaché in our embassy in Algiers to develop links with the Algerian counter terrorism and police forces.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what (a) assessment the UK Government have made of and (b) representations the Government have made to the Algerian authorities on the case of Majid Touati. (99239)

The Government are aware of reports about the detention and trial of Majid Touati. We have not made an assessment of the case.

Promotion of human rights is central to the UK’s foreign policy and we aim to do so through a constructive bilateral relationship with Algeria. We regularly raise human rights in our bilateral discussions with the Algerian Government. I did so during the inaugural UK-Algeria Ministerial Dialogue Forum in Algiers on 7 June, which I co-chaired with the Algerian Deputy Foreign Minister, Dr. Abdelkader Messahel.

Bolivia

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what steps the Government are taking to widen and develop relations with the government of Bolivia. (99499)

Our relationship with Bolivia is developing all the time. We maintain a dialogue with the Bolivian government and we engage, both bilaterally and through the EU, on a range of bilateral and multilateral issues, including for example counter-narcotics and energy. The UK also supports projects at national and local government level.

Burma

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what assessment she has made of the effectiveness of the freezing of assets of officials of the Burmese regime throughout the European Union. (98075)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave him on 1 November 2006, Official Report, columns 465-66W.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs whether she has had any recent discussions with the Burmese government about Aung San Su Kyi; and if she will make a statement. (99572)

We have repeatedly called for the immediate release of Aung San Suu Kyi and all other political prisoners in Burma.

I raised Aung San Suu Kyi’s continuing detention with the Burmese Ambassador on 15 June and in a letter to the Burmese Foreign Minister on 5 July.

I again raised the Governments concerns about the Burmese government’s human rights record with the Burmese Ambassador at a meeting with the Association of Southeast Asian Nations Ambassadors on 18 September.

Most recently, our Permanent Representative to the UN called for Aung San Suu Kyi’s release during discussions at the UN Security Council on 29 September in the presence of the Burmese Permanent Representative to the UN.

Careers Fairs

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs how many career fairs were held by her Department in each of the UK regions in each of the last 10 years for which figures are available. (99488)

The Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) has held one career event in London every year since 1999 with the exception of 2005 when the event was cancelled due to security concerns.

In addition, the FCO attends regional career fairs organised by both educational establishments and external companies. The events attended may be linked to a specific university or region or may target specific groups, for example students from ethnic minority backgrounds.

Number

2006

Total Career Fairs:

6

London

3

Birmingham

1

Bristol

1

Cardiff (confirmed 9 and 10 November)

1

2005

Total Career Fairs:

0

2004

Total Career Fairs:

20

London

5

Lancaster

2

Peterborough

1

Aberystwyth

1

East Anglia

1

Rugby

1

Liverpool

1

Leicester

1

Oxford

1

Middlesex

1

Manchester

1

Cambridge

1

Durham

1

Glasgow

1

Warwick

1

2003

Total Career Fairs:

37

London

12

Glasgow

2

Manchester

2

Edinburgh

2

Liverpool

2

Swansea

2

Lancashire

1

Warwick

1

Sheffield

1

Belfast

1

Lincoln

1

Durham

1

Oxford

1

Bath

1

Brighton

1

York

1

Northumbria

1

Leicester

1

Lancaster

1

Middlesex

1

Aberystwyth

1

2002

Total Career Fairs:

52

London

18

Leicester

2

Birmingham

2

Newcastle

2

Cardiff

1

Swansea

1

Belfast

1

Aberdeen

1

Aberystwyth

1

Bath

1

Bristol

1

Cambridge

1

Lancashire

1

Coventry

1

Durham

1

East Anglia

1

Norwich

1

Edinburgh

1

Exeter

1

Sheffield

1

Southampton

1

Sussex

1

Manchester

1

Warwick

1

Wolverhampton

1

York

1

Lampeter

1

Lancaster

1

Liverpool

1

Middlesex

1

Oxford

1

Glasgow

1

China

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what representations she has made to the Chinese government about emissions from underground coalmine fires. (99318)

My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary met Foreign Minister Li in September and underlined the importance of UK-China partnership on the challenges of achieving climate and energy security. She did not address specifically emissions from underground coal fire, but she did address how to meet China’s energy efficiency and security interests. Discussions were focussed on how to reduce CO2 emissions through the deployment of clean technology for burning coal, such as carbon capture and storage and the UK funded initiative to demonstrate near zero emissions coal in China.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what representations she has made to the Government of China concerning the use of the death penalty; and what response has been received. (99676)

We continue to press the Chinese Government to reduce the number of crimes that carry the death penalty and to improve transparency on the number of people executed in China, which remains a state secret. My noble and learned Friend the Lord Chancellor raised the death penalty with the Chairman of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference on 24 October. We also raised this issue at the last round of the UK-China Human Rights Dialogue in July. We welcome the announcement that China’s Supreme People’s Court will take back the power of review of death sentences from 1 January 2007, which we hope will reduce the number of sentences carried out.

Cyprus

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs if she will make representations to Turkey and north Cyprus concerning the desecration of (a) Greek Cypriot cemeteries in Northern Cyprus and (b) the cemetery in Morphou considered part of the Turkish army base; and if she will make a statement. (96974)

We are aware of the desecration of Greek Cypriot cemeteries in northern Cyprus since 1974 and sympathise with all those affected by this unacceptable behaviour. The Committee of Ministers of the Council of Europe is seized of the issue, and we support them in their efforts. We encourage all parties to make progress towards the protection of these religious sites.

Democracy

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs which institutions are in receipt of UK Government funding to promote democracy around the world. (97499)

A wide range of institutions and organisations receive Government support for activities which promote the development of democratic processes and institutions. The promotion of democracy cannot be separated from wider work to promote human rights, good governance and the rule of law; the Government sees these as interdependent and mutually reinforcing.

One main channel for UK bilateral work is through the grant in aid to the Westminster Foundation for Democracy. The Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) directly supports institutions and organisations involved in democracy promotion through the Global Opportunities Fund (GOF), in particular the Sustainable Development, Reuniting of Europe, Engaging with the Islamic World, and Economic Governance programmes.

We also provide financial contributions to a number of international multilateral organisations which are involved in promoting democracy, including, in some cases, through election observation missions. These include the European Union, in particular through the European Initiative for Democracy and Human Rights (EIDHR); the Organisation for Security and Co-operation in Europe, in particular its Office for Democratic Institutions and Human Rights (ODIHR); the Council of Europe; and the UN, including the recently established UN Democracy Fund, as well as the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights.

Further information on the FCO's work to promote democracy is given in chapter 9 of the 2006 FCO Annual Report on Human Rights, published on 12 October 2006, which can also be found on the FCO website at: http://www.fco.gov.uk/Files/kfile/hr_report2006.pdf. Copies of the report are also available in the Library of the House. Further details of GOF work will be provided in the GOF Annual Report for 2005-06, to be published as a Command Paper on 14 November 2006, which will also be made available on the FCO website at: www.fco.gov.uk.

Departmental Staff/Secondments

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs how many BP employees are on secondment to her Department; what areas they are working on; on what terms; and how many BP employees have been on secondment to her Department in each year since January 2002. (99208)

There are currently no BP employeeson secondment to this Department. We have recordsof only one BP employee being on secondmentsince January 2002, and that secondment ended on6 September 2002.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs pursuant to the answer of 25 July 2006, Official Report, column 1277W, on departmental staff (education), how many work experience placements were given to (a) students and (b) workers in each region of the UK in each of the last 10 years for which figures are available. (99484)

In 2006, the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) offered work experience placements to 48 candidates. The total number of student placements was 43, while five candidates were not in full-time education. The regions listed refer to the home location of all candidates.

Region

Number

Students

Bristol

1

London

14

Devon

1

Dorset

1

Leicester

1

Chigwell

1

Middlesex

1

Staffordshire

1

Manchester

1

Oxford

1

Surrey

1

Essex

1

Kent

2

York

1

Jersey

1

Edinburgh

1

Bristol

1

Lincolnshire

1

Aberdeen

1

Glasgow

1

Coventry

1

North Wales

1

Buckinghamshire

1

North Hants

1

Berkshire

1

Bath

3

Non students

London

3

Oxford

1

Ilford

1

In 2005, the FCO offered work experience placements to 25 candidates. All candidates were students.

2005

Region

Number

Students

Hainault

1

London

6

Co. Antrim

1

Norfolk

1

Gwynedd

1

Berkshire

1

Hertfordshire

1

Kent

1

Bath

3

Middlesex

1

Durham

1

West Midlands

1

Brighton

1

Edinburgh

1

Suffolk

1

Harrow

1

Manchester

1

Cambridge

1

The FCO information management system does not hold information on the regional location of work experience candidates prior to 2005. Details on the number of candidates placed each year since 2001 are listed for reference.

Student

Number

2004

33

2003

30

2002

39

2001

52

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs pursuant to the answer of 25 July 2006, Official Report, column 1277W, on departmental staff (education), how many community business events aimed at encouraging a diversified work force were held in each region of the UK in each of the last 10 years for which figures are available. (99485)

I refer my hon. Friend to the reply I gave to him on 25 July 2006, Official Report, columns 1272-73W about recruiting a diverse work force. As part of the Foreign and Commonwealth Office’s (FCO) outreach activities to widen and deepen its policy engagement with UK regions and faith communities to help deliver the UK’s international strategic priorities, we visit areas with significant minority ethnic communities where we meet UK civil society, including local businessmen and women and attend events organised by them. A wide range of people, including representatives of local businesses, are invited to attend events such as seminars in different areas of the UK, aimed at raising awareness of what the FCO does and why it matters. The FCO has also been represented at various ethnic business awards ceremonies held in London but attended by representatives of regional businesses. One of the objectives for all these events is to try to break down stereotypes of FCO staff and to encourage applications which will make our work force more diverse. Events involving business/faith for the period 2005-06 to date (the period for which figures are available) are listed as follows. More than one event was scheduled on certain days, in the interests of value for money. FCO officials could provide further information on outreach on request from my hon. Friend.

Number

2005

Wales (Cardiff, Caerphilly and Bangor)

4

Scotland (Glasgow)

2

North West (Blackburn, Bolton, Preston)

7

North (Leeds, Bradford, Manchester)

4

2006

Wales (Cardiff)

2

Scotland (Glasgow, Edinburgh)

4

North (Manchester)

1

North West (Bolton)

1

West (Bristol)

1

Midlands (Birmingham, Leicester, West Bromwich)

5

Diplomatic Service

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs how many serving (a) Heads of Mission and (b) Governors of Overseas Territories were born in each of the UK regions. (99486)

In order to answer this question officials would need to contact all of our overseas missions and the overseas territories. This would incur disproportionate cost.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs how many and what percentage of the members of internal selection boards held by her Department to appoint ambassadors in the last five years were educated in (a) the state school sector, (b) the independent school sector, (c) Oxford and Cambridge and (d) other universities. (99487)

The Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) does not hold this data as a matter of course on all its staff. The data has been collected in order to answer this question. Of the 42 current members of internal selection boards to appoint Heads of Mission, 19 (45 per cent.) were educated in the state school sector, 23 (55 per cent.) were educated in the independent school sector, 26 (62 per cent.) went to Oxford or Cambridge universities and 14 (33 per cent.) went to other universities. Two (5 per cent.) did not go to university. We do not keep historical information on the members of selection boards.

All posts in the diplomatic service are filled on the basis of fair and open competition, through the internal selection boards of the FCO or, where appropriate, interview or selection panels involving external stakeholders for the post in question. Information on educational qualifications is of no relevance to the process of appointing Heads of Mission and is not sought by selection boards. The FCO is committed to recruiting a talented and diverse work force which reflects the society it serves, and its recruitment policies are designed to encourage applications from the widest possible range of backgrounds. The Department is active in outreach activities such as career fairs, work experience schemes and community business events, to support this policy.

Ethiopia

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what recent representations she has made to the government of Ethiopia on the detention of political prisoners in that country. (99914)

We regularly make representations to the Government of Ethiopia about the detention of all those, including civil society representatives, detained in connection with political disturbances in 2005. Most recently, our ambassador in Addis Ababa raised our concerns with Prime Minister Meles Zenawi on 5 October 2006. In our discussions we raise the need for the trials of those charged to be transparent, independent and impartial. The international community is monitoring the trials and the internal situation in Ethiopia closely.

EU Finances

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what recent meetings Ministers in her Department have had with European Union counterparts concerning irregularities in EU spending identified by the European Court of Auditors; and if she will make a statement. (99636)

The Government as a whole considers it to be a matter of serious concern that the European Court of Auditors (ECA) has been unable to give a positive statement of assurance on the EU’s accounts for the 12th year in succession. Foreign and Commonwealth Office Ministers have not had the opportunity to discuss last month's European Court of Auditors Report with their EU counterparts, but EU Finance Ministers will consider the ECA Report on the 2005 EC Budget when it is presented at the 7 November Economic and Financial Affairs Council meeting. We will continue to work with member states and the Commission to ensure that improvements are made to the management of EC funds for which they are responsible.

Iran

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what (a) technical information and (b) analysis she has received differentiating Iran’s suspected nuclear weapons programme from a possible nuclear power programme. (99076)

The nature of Iran’s nuclear programme, its history of concealment, its continuing failure to co-operate fully with the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) and its refusal to take the steps required by the IAEA Board and UN Security Council have all contributed to international concern that its ambitions may not be, as it claims, solely peaceful.

We are deeply concerned by Iran’s uranium enrichment programme, which will help it develop the capability to produce fissile material suitable for use in nuclear weapons. While Iran’s enrichment activities would also help it develop the capability to produce fissile material suitable for use as fuel in power reactors, Iran has no production technology that would enable it to manufacture fuel from any enriched material, nor—with the exception of a reactor being built at Bushehr, for which Russia is contracted to supply fuel for 10 years—any power reactors (operational or in construction) requiring fuel.

The IAEA Director General, Dr. Mohammed ElBaradei, has produced regular reports since 2003 on Iran’s nuclear programme. They have outlined serious outstanding questions that Iran needs to resolve. These include: how Iran came to possess and what use it made of a document on casting uranium hemispheres, whose only application is in nuclear weapons; why Iran conducted experiments on Polonium 210, which has virtually no civil use but can be used as a neutron initiator in nuclear weapons; why Iran’s military has been involved in what it claims is a purely civil programme; and why Iran is constructing a heavy water research reactor for which there is little apparent civil need, yet which would be ideally suited for the production of plutonium for use in nuclear weapons. Successive IAEA reports have made clear that Iran is failing to co-operate fully in answering these questions. Dr. ElBaradei reiterated in his speech to the UN General Assembly on 30 October that

‘the IAEA continues... to be unable to confirm the peaceful nature of Iran’s nuclear programme, which is a matter of serious concern’.

Iraq

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs (1) how many and what proportion of the people of Ashraf signed forms accepting their compliance with the conditions stipulated by the Commander of the Multi-National Force-Iraq for their continued protection by the Multi-National Forces-Iraq; (95746)

(2) whether the letter of the Deputy Commander of the Multi National Force-Iraq to the people of Ashraf dated 21st July 2004 was on behalf of the International Coalition;

(3) on what date in February the headquarters of the Multi National Force-Iraq reaffirmed its commitment to Article 45 of the Geneva Convention relative to the treatment of civilian persons, 1949 in respect of the people of Ashraf; whether the communication made reference to the principle of non-refoulment; and if she will make a statement;

(4) on what date the commander of the multi national coalition forces authorised the opening of bank accounts in Iraq by residents of Ashraf city;

(5) whether individuals in Ashraf have abrogated the undertakings they entered into with the commander of the Multi-National Force-Iraq and which were detailed in the signed agreements prepared by the force commander;

(6) if she will publish the communication dated 7th October 2005 from Major General William Brandenburg on behalf of the multi national coalition forces to the people of Ashraf; and if she will make a statement.

I have been asked to reply.

Camp Ashraf, near Baghdad, is outside the UK's area of responsibility in Iraq. As such, the UK has no responsibility for, or involvement with, Camp Ashraf or its residents. These are matters for the US and Iraqi Governments.

IT Projects

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs how many and what percentage of information technology projects undertaken by or for her Department since 2001 have been delivered (a) over budget, (b) after their original deadline, (c) on budget, (d) under budget, (e) on their original deadline and (f) ahead of their original deadline. (98594)

The Foreign and Commonwealth Office operates a devolved system of financial responsibility under which Directorates and overseas posts have the freedom to invest in non strategic IT systems designed to meet specific needs. Answers to the hon. Member’s question would require exhaustive searches of records in the UK and overseas, and this could be achieved only at disproportionate cost.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs how much her Department has spent on (a) equipment and (b) consultants for (i) information technology and (ii) web-facing information technology projects in each year since 2001. (98597)

The Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) undertakes a very wide range of IT-enabled projects. Strategic projects are managed centrally, but many others are delivered under a devolved system of financial responsibility under which Directorates and overseas posts have the freedom, subject to conformity with FCO technical standards and the need to demonstrate effective use of public funds, to invest in non-strategic IT systems designed to meet specific needs. FCO accounting practice does not make a distinction between expenditure on “information technology” and “web-facing information technology”. It is not possible to provide a complete answer without incurring disproportionate cost.

Middle East

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what reports she has received on Israel’s compliance with International Humanitarian Law during the recent conflict in Lebanon. (100011)

The UK has received a number of reports on Israel's compliance with International Humanitarian Law during the recent conflict in Lebanon. These include reports from human rights non-governmental organisations such as Amnesty International, and the visit report of the four UN special procedure mandate holders, which accuse both Israel and Hezbollah of serious violations of international humanitarian law.

The UK has not conducted an investigation into Israel’s conduct in Lebanon between 12 July and 14 August. The UK has always recognised Israel’s legitimate right to self-defence. At the same time we made clear during the conflict our deep concern at the deaths of civilians and at the destruction of civilian infrastructure and consistently urged Israel to exercise utmost restraint and act in compliance with international humanitarian law. We believe that any credible allegations of improper conduct should be properly investigated and appropriate action taken by the Governments of Israel and Lebanon.

Ministerial Responsibilities

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs whether the ministerial responsibilities of her right hon. Friend the Member for Ashfield (Mr. Hoon) have changed since the publication of the List of Ministerial Responsibilities in June 2006; and whether he speaks for the Government on European matters in the House. (99648)

The responsibilities of my right hon. Friend the Member for Ashfield (Mr. Hoon), the Minister for Europe, remain unchanged from those set out in the List of Ministerial Responsibilities in June 2006. Both he and I speak for the Government on European matters in the House as appropriate.

Moldova

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what recent reports she has received on the Moldovan economy; and if she will make a statement.[R] (99195)

Our embassy in Chisinau reports regularly on the political and economic situation in Moldova. We have also seen recent reports from the International Monetary Fund and the Economist Intelligence Unit on the Moldovan economy.

Economic growth has slowed recently due to the impact of sharp increases in the gas price, and the continuing ban on wine exports to Russia. Despite these factors, we expect Moldova to achieve modest growth of 3 per cent. in 2006, down from 6 per cent. predicted earlier in the year, followed by a slight recovery in 2007.

Moldova remains heavily dependent on remittances from Moldovans working overseas. Currently estimated at roughly US $l billion, remittances account for over 30 per cent. of gross domestic product (GDP), and through import taxes provided some 56 per cent. of the state budget. This has enabled the Government to run fiscal surpluses over the last few years, amounts they have used for repaying the principles on their debt. On the downside, this has meant significant proportion of the Moldovan labour force is productively employed outside of the country, leading to serious shortages in skilled labour.

Moldova’s debt remains high, but has fallen sharply in recent years from 100 per cent. of GDP in 2001, to 55 per cent. in 2005. In addition, Moldova received debt treatment from the Paris Club in early 2006, which has reduced debt service to the Paris Club by nearly 60 per cent.. The UK is not a creditor. The total stock of debt looks set to continue to decline over the next few years, despite the slowdown in economic growth.

While generally sound fiscal and monetary policies are being pursued by the authorities, inflation has accelerated to 14 per cent. year-on-year on the back of continuing high remittances, rapid increases in real wages, increasing funds from donors and hikes in energy prices. As both remittances and gas prices are likely to rise again next year, the amount of disinflation the authorities will be able to achieve during 2007 will be limited.

The combined effect of the wine ban and the gas price increase, however, means that we expect to see a worsening of Moldova’s external position, with its current account deficit set to rise to around 18 per cent. of GDP in 2006, up from 5.6 per cent. in 2005.

North Korea

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what assessment she has made of the statement by General Burwell Bell of the United States Army that another nuclear test by the Democratic People’s Republic of North Korea is expected; and what action she is taking (a) to support United Nations sanctions against the regime and (b) to prevent further nuclear tests. (99607)

We cannot rule out the possibility of another nuclear test; but we are encouraged by the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea’s (DPRK) commitment to return to the Six Part Talks following talks in Beijing, which suggests a willingness not to escalate the situation further.

We are bound to implement UN Security Council Resolution 1718 (2006), and are taking the necessary administrative and legislative measures domestically and in the EU. The onus is now on the DPRK Government to comply fully with the resolution.

We believe that the current firm response of the international community represents the best means to resolve the current situation.

Sri Lanka

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what assessment she has made of the effects of the decision of Médecins Sans Frontières to withdraw from Jaffna. (99410)

We understand that following irresponsible accusations in recent weeks in the Sri Lankan media of partisanship, and the apparent failure of the Sri Lankan government to regularise the status of their in-country staff, Médecins Sans Frontières (MSF) felt unable to operate safely in the Jaffna peninsula and withdrew from the area in mid-October. Given the security and humanitarian situation in Jaffna, where it is reported that over 50,000 of the civilian population has been displaced, and the wide international recognition of the impartial work of MSF in conflict areas this is regrettable. Our High Commission in Colombo raised concerns about MSF’s position with Sri Lankan government ministers in early October.

The withdrawal of MSF will unfortunately have a severe impact in the north of the Jaffna peninsula where there is already a shortage of basic medical services and supplies and patients may now have to travel to Jaffna city itself for medical treatment. We continue to urge all parties to allow relief workers and essential supplies access to all conflict affected areas to provide humanitarian assistance to those affected by the continuing violence.

Sudan

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what progress has been made in securing international support to encourage Sudan to accept UN Security Council Resolution 1706 for the deployment of a UN security force in Darfur. (99398)

A strong peacekeeping force is critical to efforts to resolve this terrible conflict. My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary and other colleagues have engaged African, Arab and other leaders to help persuade Sudan to co-operate. We have also engaged the Sudanese Government on this: My right hon. Friend the Secretary of State for International Development met President Bashir on 16 October in Khartoum to press him to stop the violence, accept a UN peacekeeping force, implement the Darfur Peace Agreement and reach a political settlement with the non-signatories. My right hon. Friends the Prime Minister, the Foreign Secretary, the Secretary of State for International Development and my noble Friend the Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs, Lord Triesman of Tottenham, met with the First Vice President of Sudan and President of Southern Sudan, Salva Kiir, on 30 and 31 October to reinforce this message and to urge him to use his influence with the Sudanese Government.

The Sudanese Government has not yet heeded this international message nor abided by UN Security Council Resolution 1706. We urge it to do so, to bring peace to the long-suffering people of Darfur.

Terrorist Renditions

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what support the UK Government has given to the US Administration in facilitating the rendition of terrorist and other suspects since 1 May 1997; and if she will make a statement. (98857)

The Government respect its obligations under UK and international law. We would not assist in any activity if to do so would put us in breach of UK law or our international obligations, including the UN Convention Against Torture.

In respect of the allegations of transfer of persons through the UK, I refer the hon. Member to the Written Ministerial Statement made by the then Foreign Secretary my right hon. Friend the Member for Blackburn (Mr. Straw) on 20 January 2006, Official Report, columns 37-38WS.

Constitutional Affairs

Consultants

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Constitutional Affairs pursuant to the answer of 4 May 2006, Official Report, column 1798W, on consultants, (1) for what purposes her Department employed Eleri Evans; [98945]

(2) for what purposes her Department employed Issan Ghazni Partnership;

(3) for what purposes her Department employed CIMTECH;

(4) for what purposes her Department employed Design Systems Technology Ltd;

(5) for what purposes her Department employed Horwood Safety Limited;

(6) for what purposes her Department employed Analogue;

(7) for what purposes her Department employed Reshan Sandhu;

(8) for what purposes her Department employed Dennis Battle Associates;

(9) for what purposes her Department employed Rick Evans Ltd.;

(10) for what purposes her Department employed Mandural Ltd.;

(11) for what purposes her Department employed Largos Ltd.;

(12) for what purposes her Department employed Rene Caroyal;

(13) for what purposes her Department employed Elborough Consulting/TSO Consulting;

(14) for what purposes her Department employed Alexander Cameron Ltd.;

(15) for what purposes her Department employed Venn Group Ltd.;

(16) for what purposes her Department employed Professor Susskind;

(17) for what purposes her Department employed GIC Ltd.;

(18) for what purposes her Department employed Tribal MPC;

(19) for what purposes her Department employed Penna;

(20) for what purposes her Department employed Computer Sciences Corporation;

(21) for what purposes her Department employed Craigforth;

(22) for what purposes her Department employed UCL Consultants;

(23) for what purposes her Department employed Adult Learning Inspectorate;

(24) for what purposes her Department employed Hedra;

(25) for what purposes her Department employed Digital Public;

(26) for what purposes her Department employed David Coates;

(27) for what purposes her Department employed Ilogic Ventures;

(28) for what purposes her Department employed Punter Southall;

(29) for what purposes her Department employed Lexicon Ltd.;

(30) for what purposes her Department employed Maitland Consultancy;

(31) for what purposes her Department employed Haygarth Group;

(32) for what purposes her Department employed Ask Europe Plc.;

(33) for what purposes her Department employed IPPR Consulting Ltd.;

(34) for what purposes her Department employed Logica CMG UK Ltd.;

(35) for what purposes her Department employed Cleo Nicolau;

(36) for what purposes her Department employed Parity Resources;

(37) for what purposes her Department employed Synopsis Communication Consulting Limited;

(38) for what purposes her Department employed JMH Consultancy;

(39) for what purposes her Department employed Capita Resourcing;

(40) for what purposes her Department employed Hudson Global Resources;

(41) for what purposes her Department employed VP Treen and Associates;

(42) for what purposes her Department employed Chesterton;

(43) for what purposes her Department employed Cornwell Management Consultants;

(44) for what purposes her Department employed Watson Associates;

(45) for what purposes her Department employed NCC Services Ltd.;

(46) for what purposes her Department employed MORI;

(47) for what purposes her Department employed Assessment and Development Consultancy;

(48) for what purposes her Department employed Communication Engagement and Change Ltd.;

(49) for what purposes her Department employed John Garnett;

(50) for what purposes her Department employed Human Assets Ltd.;

(51) for what purposes her Department employed Methods Consulting;

(52) for what purposes her Department employed Gartner UK Ltd.;

(53) for what purposes her Department employed Anagram;

(54) for what purposes her Department employed Wheelers;

(55) for what purposes her Department employed Insight Consulting Ltd.;

(56) for what purposes her Department employed Hurd Rolland;

(57) for what purposes her Department employed Enodian Ltd.;

(58) for what purposes her Department employed BTF Associates;

(59) for what purposes her Department employed BTA Consulting;

(60) for what purposes her Department employed Ernst and Young LLP;

(61) for what purposes her Department employed The Ingram Partnership;

(62) for what purposes her Department employed DTZ Debenhan Tie Leung;

(63) for what purposes her Department employed ORC International;

(64) for what purposes her Department employed Towers Perrin;

(65) for what purposes her Department employed Mouchel Consulting Limited;

(66) for what purpose her Department employed KPMG;

(67) for what purpose her Department employed PA;

(68) for what purpose her Department employed Deloitte MCS Ltd.;

(69) for what purpose her Department employed PricewaterhouseCoopers.

I refer the hon. Member to the document “Summary of Expenditure on Consultancy in DCA in 2004-05”, a copy of which has been placed in the Libraries of both Houses.

Coroners

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Constitutional Affairs what arrangements will be made for periods when coroners' offices are closed for contacting the next-of-kin within 24 hours of a death being reported. (99291)

Coroners are currently expected to have arrangements in place to ensure a 24 hour, seven day a week service to deal with deaths reported to them, including liaison with bereaved relatives. To reflect this good practice, a requirement to contact the next-of-kin within 24 hours of a death being reported is included in the charter for bereaved people which accompanies the draft Bill on coroner reform. The charter is an “illustrative draft” and its content, including specific targets, will be the subject of further consultation.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Constitutional Affairs what analysis was undertaken of the contracted hours and hours of overtime worked by (a) full-time and (b) part-time (i) coroners and (ii) coroners' officers in the preparation of the Coroner Reform Bill. (99293)

In England and Wales there are currently 32 full-time coroners, 86 part-time coroners and around 430 coroners’ officers.

The analysis of the impact on resources of the proposed legislation is set out in the Regulatory Impact Assessment (RIA) that was published alongside the draft Bill.

As the RIA shows, we have concluded that the reform proposals will not materially increase the caseload of the service. Therefore, providing the coroner service is currently being resourced adequately by the relevant local authorities. There should be no requirement to increase the overall hours provided by coroners or coroners’ officers in a particular area.

As we further develop the detail of our proposals, we will be carrying out analysis on the options for new coroner areas, and in particular whether changes in geography affect this position significantly.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Constitutional Affairs what estimate has been made of the number of staff required to meet the additional commitments in the proposed Draft Charter for Bereaved People. (99294)

The charter included with the draft Bill is an “illustrative draft” and as such its content, including specific targets, will be the subject of further consultation. However, when finalised, the charter is intended to represent a level of service that each area should deliver within current staff numbers, provided that local authorities are, at that time, resourcing the service adequately.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Constitutional Affairs what assessment has been made of the (a) current workload and (b) the expected workload under the proposed new arrangements in the Coroner Reform Bill of (i) coroners and (ii) coroners' officers. (99314)

Latest statistics show that, in total, coroners and coroners’ officers dealt with 232,400 cases reported to them in 2005. The draft Bill proposals do not, of themselves, produce any increase in overall caseload or workload.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Constitutional Affairs who the employer is of (a) coroners and (b) coroners’ officers. (99365)

Coroners are not employees, but independent judicial officers, appointed by local authorities who also pay their salaries. In most cases coroners’ officers are employed by the relevant police force, although a minority are employed by the relevant local authority.

Electoral Arrangements

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Constitutional Affairs whether her Department has initiated the procurement process to find providers of the e-voting pilots in the May 2007 local elections. (99626)

My Department is currently conducting a procurement exercise to establish a framework of suppliers which was initiated by notice to the Official Journal of the European Union on 1 August.

The framework will last until 2010 and be available to support local authority e-counting and e-voting pilots until that time.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Constitutional Affairs if she will place in the Library a copy of the presentation and handouts produced by her Department’s head of electoral policy for his talk to the International Centre of Excellence for Local e-Democracy’s conference in Budapest in July 2006. (99630)

My Department’s head of electoral policy attended the Budapest conference in July 2006 and participated in a debate entitled “Voting in our pyjamas—which channel is best?” This was a debate about the merits of different remote voting methods. He did not make a slide-based presentation or provide any handouts. However, I will place a copy of the notes that he used for his talk in the Library.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Constitutional Affairs what guidance her Department has issued to local authorities on the percentage of individual identifiers on postal votes that must be verified against the original identifiers by returning officers during an election count. (99633)

The draft Representation of the People (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2006 require a minimum of 20 per cent. of the personal identifiers supplied with postal votes to be verified before the election count. A returning officer has discretion to check more than the minimum 20 per cent.

It is the responsibility of the Electoral Commission to issue guidance to returning officers. The Commission has advised that it intends to do so on the implementation of the Electoral Administration Act 2006. We understand that this guidance will include the Commission’s advice to returning officers on the checking of identifiers.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Constitutional Affairs how much funding the Government are providing to local authorities for local elections in 2007 to fund the new electoral arrangements introduced under the Electoral Administration Act 2006. (99634)

Funding being provided to local authorities in England and Wales for elections in 2007 is expected to be in the region of £34 million. The final figure will depend on the precise cost of the new postal voting identifier arrangements.

Parliamentary Boundaries

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Constitutional Affairs what the timetable is for ratification and implementation of the new parliamentary boundaries for England. (99213)

I refer the hon. Member to the written answer I gave the hon. Member for Brentwood and Ongar (Mr. Pickles) on 24 October 2006, Official Report, column 1775W, in relation to the timetable for laying the draft Order to give effect to the new English constituencies.

The subsequent timing of debates on the draft Order and the making of the Order in Council are matters for the Parliamentary Business Managers and the Privy Council respectively.

Once the Order is made, it does not take effect until the next general election thereafter.

Political Donations

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Constitutional Affairs if she will make a statement on the timetable for the end of double-reporting of donations by hon. Members. (99628)

The Electoral Administration Act 2006 provides for the removal of the requirement for a Member of the House of Commons to report a donation to the Electoral Commission, where it is received either in his capacity as a Member of the House of Commons or in his capacity as a member of a registered political party.

Section 59(3) and 59(4) of the Electoral Administration Act 2006 provide that the Electoral Commission must be satisfied that the House of Commons has the necessary arrangements in place to meet the requirements of the Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000 and the Secretary of State may not make a commencement order unless he is informed by the Commission that those arrangements are in place.

The Department understands that the Electoral Commission and House of Commons authorities will be liaising closely in order to allow the Electoral Commission to make an assessment as to whether the House of Commons has the necessary arrangements in place to meet the requirements of the 2000 Act and—when appropriate—to recommend to the Secretary of State that the provisions of the 2006 Act may be commenced.

Prime Minister

Department of Trade and Industry

To ask the Prime Minister what plans he has for the future of the Department of Trade and Industry as a separate Department of Government; and if he will make a statement. (98863)

The allocation of responsibilities across Government is kept under close review and changes to the machinery of government are made as and when necessary.

Departmental Expenditure

To ask the Prime Minister what the total cost of his Office was in each year since 1996-97. (96380)

For figures before 2005-06, I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave the hon. Member for Southend, West (Mr. Amess) on 21 July 2005, Official Report, column 1935W.

Figures for 2005-06 are set out in the following table.

£ million

2005-06

Running costs excluding infrastructure

16.7

Running costs including infrastructure

17.8

The increase in running costs (excluding infrastructure) was largely as a result of the UK’s Presidency of the EU and G8 Conferences.

Departmental Telephone Numbers

To ask the Prime Minister how many ministerial offices have 0870 telephone numbers on their headed notepaper; which are the Ministries concerned; and what instructions are given to the switchboards of each such Ministry about access to private offices. (99068)

I refer my hon. Friend to the answers given by the then Chief Secretary to the Treasury, Paul Boateng, to the hon. Member for New Forest, East (Dr. Lewis) on 16 December 2004, Official Report, columns 1237-38W.

Minister for Europe

To ask the Prime Minister in what capacity his right hon. Friend the Member for Ashfield (Mr. Hoon) attends meetings of the Cabinet. (99649)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave the hon. Member for North-West Cambridgeshire (Mr. Vara) on 18 May 2006, Official Report, column 1140W.

Ministerial Code

To ask the Prime Minister what arrangements are in place to allow hon. Members to report the Prime Minister for alleged failure to comply with the Ministerial Code. (98621)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave the hon. Member for Isle of Wight (Mr. Turner) on 9 October 2006, Official Report, column 5W.

Ministerial Travel

To ask the Prime Minister what steps he has taken to offset the carbon dioxide emissions caused by ministerial travel in his Office. (98732)

I refer my hon. Friend to the answers given by my noble Friend the Lord Bassam of Brighton on 10 July 2006, Official Report, House of Lords, column WA95, and 25 July 2006, Official Report, House of Lords, columns WA265-66.

North Korea

To ask the Prime Minister pursuant to his oral answer of 25 October 2006, Official Report, column 1518, if he will make a statement on his discussion with a senior Chinese official on North Korea’s nuclear enrichment programme. (99602)

I discussed a wide range of issues with the Chairman of the National Committee, Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference, Jia Qinglin, during his recent visit, including North Korea’s nuclear test and China’s commitment to a denuclearised Korean peninsula. I also welcome the agreement in Beijing last week on North Korea’s return to the six-party talks.

Deputy Prime Minister

Climate Change

To ask the Deputy Prime Minister what recent discussions he has had on achieving international consensus on efforts to stop climate change. (98394)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave on 1 November 2006, Official Report, column 285.

Departmental Travel

To ask the Deputy Prime Minister which civil servants accompanied him during each of his official visits to the United States in 2005; and what their job titles are. (99606)

I refer the hon. Member to the letter from the Cabinet Secretary to the hon. Member for East Devon (Mr. Swire) of 6 July 2006, a copy of which has been made available in the Library for the reference of Members.

Johnny Gallagher

To ask the Deputy Prime Minister what meetings he has had with property developer Johnny Gallagher since 1997. (92283)

My Department has no record of any meetings with Mr. Gallagher.

Ministerial Facilities

To ask the Deputy Prime Minister whether staff in his Office have access to a gym operated by the Government. (96386)

Staff have access to a gym operated on behalf of the Cabinet Office, for which they pay a subscription charge to the operator.

Post Office

To ask the Deputy Prime Minister what discussions he has had with the Secretary of State for Trade and Industry on the future of the Post Office network. (99087)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave on 1 November 2006, Official Report, columns 280-81 to the hon. Member for Wellingborough (Mr. Bone).

Minister for Women

Community Facilities

To ask the Minister for Women and Equality what recent representations she has received on establishing female-only community facilities in (a) Leicestershire, (b) England and (c) the United Kingdom. (97160)

[holding answer 26 October 2006]: I have had no such representations on establishing female-only community facilities in Leicestershire, England or the United Kingdom.

Duchy of Lancaster

Better Regulation for Civil Society

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster by what date each recommendation of the Better Regulation Task Force's report “Better Regulation for Civil Society” (a) was implemented and (b) is expected to be implemented in relation to voluntary organisations. (95761)

[holding answer 20 October 2006]: The Government's formal response to the Better Regulation Task Force's report “Better Regulation for Civil Society” provides full details of how they are responding to each of the recommendations in the report. It is available on the Cabinet Office website at http://www.cabinetoffice.gov.uk/third_sector/publications/index.asp. Copies have also been placed in the Library for the reference of Members and are also available in the Vote Office.

Bulgarian/Romanian Immigrants

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster if she will place in the Library a copy of the leaked Cabinet Office memorandum relating to crime committed by Bulgarian and Romanian immigrants. (99681)

It has been the practice of successive Governments not to comment on allegedly leaked documents.

Departmental Expenditure

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster how much her Department has spent on accommodation and subsistence costs on visits (a) for Ministers, (b) for staff and (c) in total (i) in the last 12 months and (ii) in each year since 1997. (99952)

Information for the Cabinet Office is not collected in the format requested. To provide a breakdown would incur disproportionate costs.

Owing to the way that accommodation and subsistence related costs are recorded on the Cabinet Office accounting system, it is not possible to extract the requested information from it.

All official travel in the Department is undertaken strictly in accordance with the rules contained in the Cabinet Office Management Code. All ministerial travel-related costs are undertaken fully in accordance with the rules set out in the Ministerial Code and “Travel by Ministers”, copies of which are available in the Library for the reference of Members.

Departmental IT

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster how many information technology projects her Department has undertaken in each year since 2001. (97570)

According to available records, the number of information technology projects the Department has undertaken in each year since 2001 is shown in the table.

Number of Projects

2001-02

42

2002-03

22

2003-04

23

2004-05

14

2005-06

19

2006 to date

21

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster which of her Department's databases are (a) wholly and (b) partly operated by external organisations or individuals; and which organisations and individuals own those databases. (97757)

According to available records the Department has eight databases, which are operated wholly or partly by external organisations; all are owned by the Department. These are shown as follows.

Database Title

Fast Stream Recruitment—graduate recruitment.

E-Payfact—payroll administration.

Forward Look—regulations management.

Cabinet Committee Papers—management and distribution of Cabinet Committee papers.

Cross-Government Exercise—crisis management.

Government Communications Network—member database.

Government IT Profession—member database.

Central Application Repository—Civil Service pensions administration.

With the exception of the Fast Stream Recruitment Database, which is wholly operated, the rest are partly operated by external organisations.

Departmental Staff

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman) of 19 October 2006, Official Report, column 1387W, on departmental staff, whether part of the new house manager's time will be assigned to the Admiralty House building. (99620)

I have nothing further to add to the answer I gave the hon. Member for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman) on Thursday 19 October, Official Report, column 1387-8W.

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster how many full-time equivalent staff from the Cabinet Office Communication Group provide support to the Deputy Prime Minister's Office. (99621)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave the hon. Member for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman) on Monday 23 October 2006, Official Report, column 1624W.

Mandatory Retirement

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster which Government Departments have mandatory retirement ages for staff. (98754)

Responsibility for the setting of retirement ages for staff below the Senior Civil Service is delegated to individual Departments under the Civil Service (Management Functions) Act 1992. The Cabinet Office does not maintain a record of those Departments which have chosen, as a result of the Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006, to introduce a mandatory retirement age for their staff below the Senior Civil Service.

Retirement age for members of the Senior Civil Service is not delegated to Departments to decide on and is 65.

Official Residence

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster on what date the Lord Chancellor moved into an official residence in Admiralty House. (99622)

My right hon. and noble Friend the Lord Chancellor has been allocated one of the flats in Admiralty House. He will not take up residence but will use it for official entertaining and other engagements. The arrangements for the Lord Chancellor were effective from Monday 16 October 2006.

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster on what date the right hon. Member for Ashfield moved out of his official Ministerial residence in Admiralty House. (99623)

My right hon. Friend the Member for Ashfield (Mr. Hoon) vacated his official ministerial residence in Admiralty House on Friday 30 June 2006.

Pensions

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster what the current estimate is of the unfunded liability, in present value terms, of each public sector pension scheme for which her Department is responsible; and on what assumptions for (a) discount rate and (b) longevity the estimate is based. (96055)

Information on the most recent estimate of unfunded liability for the Principal Civil Service Pension Scheme is available in the Resource Accounts 2005-06 of Cabinet Office: Civil Superannuation, a copy of which is available in the Library for the reference of Members. This contains details of the present value of the Principal Civil Service Pension Scheme's liabilities at Friday 31 March 2006 and the discount rate assumption.

The scheme actuary used the same longevity assumptions as applied at the last full valuation as at Monday 31 March 2003. A copy of this report, “Review of the Accruing Superannuation Liability Charges (ALSCs) as at Monday 31 March 2003” is available on the Civil Service Pensions website at http://www.civilservice-pensions.gov.uk/upload/assets/www.civilservice_pensions.gov.uk/aslc_review 31mar03.pdf.

Copies have also been placed in the Library for the reference of Members.

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster what recent estimate she has made of the (a) rate and (b) annual cost of employer contributions in each public sector pension scheme for which her Department has responsibility; and if she will make a statement. (96065)

Employer contribution rates for Members of the Principal Civil Service Pension Scheme (PCSPS) are assessed for each of four ranges of pay levels and are set at a level which together with employee contributions is intended to meet the costs of benefits accruing in the year. This approach is set out in Resource Accounts 2005-06 of Cabinet Office: Civil Superannuation, a copy of which is available in the Library for the reference of Members. The current employer contribution rates expressed as a percentage of pensionable pay are shown in the table.

Salary band (£)

Rate of employer contribution as a percentage of pensionable pay

18,500 and under

17.1

18,501 to 38,000

19.5

38,001 to 65,000

23.2

65,001 and over

25.5

The average employer contribution is estimated at 19.4 per cent. of pensionable pay. A higher rate, of 26.5 per cent. of pensionable pay, is payable by the Prison Service for prison officers employed before September 1987 and who are entitled to enhanced benefits. The total employer contributions for 2006-07 are estimated at £2.6 billion.

Most civil servants joining the civil service on or after Tuesday 1 October 2002 can, as an alternative to joining the PCSPS, opt for a partnership pension account which is a stakeholder arrangement with an age-related employer contribution varying between 3 per cent. and 12.5 per cent. of pensionable pay. In addition, the employer will match individual contributions up to a maximum of 3 per cent. of pay. In 2005-06, employers contributed a total of £7.7 million to partnership pension accounts.

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster what her estimate is of the total spending on the Civil Service Pension Scheme for each year from 1980-81 to 2050-51; how many members of the scheme there are; and if she will make a statement. (96533)

Information on total spending on the Civil Service Pension Scheme for the years 2001-02 to 2005-06 is shown in the Resource Accounts of Cabinet Office: Civil Superannuation. The Resource Accounts for 2005-06 also include information on scheme membership. Information on total spending for earlier years is shown in the Appropriation Accounts for the Civil Superannuation Vote. Her Majesty's Treasury accounted for this Vote before 1995, when responsibility moved to the Cabinet Office. Copies of these documents are available in the Library for the reference of Members.

Future estimates for the Principal Civil Service Pension Scheme are included in the total figures for gross spending on unfunded pensions in payment as a percentage of GDP that were published in the December 2005 Long-term Public Finance Report by Her Majesty's Treasury. Copies are available in the Library for the reference of Members.

SCOPE Programme

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster what the objectives are of the business change programme SCOPE; and what its (a) cost and (b) benefits have been to date. (99869)

SCOPE is an information systems enabled programme to improve collaboration across the intelligence community. It is not the practice to publish the costs of intelligence-related programmes. They are subject to scrutiny by the Intelligence and Security Committee, whose reports are available in the Library for the reference of Members.

Special Advisers

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster pursuant to the answer of 30 January 2006, Official Report, columns 63-64W, how many special advisers work within her Department; and if she will make a statement. (99956)

I refer the hon. Member to the written ministerial statement made by my right hon. Friend the Prime Minister on 24 July 2006, Official Report, column 86WS.

Strategy Unit

To ask the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster what the total expenditure by the Strategy Unit (a) was in the past 12 months and (b) has been since it was established. (99950)

Strategy Unit costs for 2005-06 were £3,348,000. For Strategy Unit costs in each year since its establishment up to and including 2004-05, I refer the hon. Member to the answer given to him by my hon. Friend, the Member for East Renfrewshire (Mr. Murphy), then Parliamentary Secretary in the Cabinet Office, on 27 February 2006, Official Report, column 43W.

Communities and Local Government

Accidents (Electrical Equipment)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many fatalities there were in each of the last five years owing to home accidents caused by use or misuse of electrical equipment and electrical installations. (98144)

I have been asked to reply.

The numbers of fatalities over the last five years are shown in the following table.

Fatalities due to home accidents in Great Britain caused by use or misuse of electrical equipment and electrical installations

Number of home accidents

2001-02 (1 April 2001 to 31 March 2002)

4

2002-03 (1 April 2002 to 31 March 2003)

5

2003-04 (1 April 2003 to 31 March 2004)

3

2004-05 (1 April 2004 to 31 March 2005)

10

2005-06 (1 April 2005 to 31 March 2006)

13

Aviation Noise

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if she will assist local authorities to enforce restrictions on aviation noise from small airfields. (99222)

I have been asked to reply.

The Government consulted on this proposal in their publication “Control of Noise from Civil Aircraft” before the White Paper “The Future of Air Transport” in 2003. Our conclusion, following consultation, was that such involvement of local authorities in small airports' noise control measures would be too bureaucratic. Not all local authorities in which an airport is situated would be resourced to take a fully informed view of an airport's proposals; there might also be conflicts between the interests of the authority that played host to the airport and those of other neighbouring authorities whose residents were also affected by the presence of the airport.

However, it is possible for airports voluntarily to enter into binding agreements with local authorities.

Back Gardens

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government which local authorities have prevented building in back gardens through their local development frameworks. (98714)

[holding answer 31 October 2006]: It is for local planning authorities to develop, through their local development frameworks, appropriate policies which set out the criteria against which planning applications for the development and use of land and buildings will be considered. This could include specific policies relating to where proposals involve development of existing residential areas, which could include associated land such as back gardens, but information on all the local planning authorities which have such a policy is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Building Regulations (Electrical Contractors)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many electrical contractors are registered under Part P of the building regulations; and what estimate she has made of the number of contractors who have yet to register. (98143)

The regulatory impact assessment for Part P of the building regulations estimated that there were about 61,000 electrical contracting firms in the United Kingdom. To date about 30,000 firms have registered with a Part P competent person self-certification scheme. Part P and Part P competent person schemes cover only notifiable electrical installation work in dwellings; some of the 61,000 firms would carry out electrical installation work only in buildings other than dwellings so would not benefit from joining a Part P scheme. Electrical safety in buildings other than dwellings is controlled by the Electricity at Work Regulations 1989 for which the Health and Safety Executive is the enforcing authority.

Casinos

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government when (a) Ministers and (b) officials in the Department and its predecessor have held meetings in the last 12 months with casino operators interested in securing licences under the Gambling Act 2005; where each meeting took place; and what was discussed. (83361)

Under the Gambling Act 2005, local authorities acting in their capacity as licensing authorities will be responsible for issuing the one regional, eight large and eight small new casino licences permitted by the Act. Licensing authorities will be required to run the competitions for these licences in a fair and open way. These competitions are not expected to begin until mid-2007, and the identities of the bidding companies will not be known until then.

There were no ministerial meetings with casino operators. There was one meeting with officials: Mr Brian Lemon of the Casino Operators Association of the UK attended a Stakeholder Workshop in London on 13 October 2005 which discussed a draft paper on Need and Impact Assessment, which will be a guidance note to accompany Planning Policy Statement 6: Planning for Town Centres.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what meetings planning Ministers have had with casino operators and their associates since January 2003; and who the attendees were in each case. (84193)

There have been two meetings of planning Ministers and casino operators:

6 May 2004—My right hon. Friend the Member for Streatham (Keith Hill), former Minister for Housing and Planning, met Lloyd Nathan, European Managing Director of MGM, with officials to discuss planning policy for casinos generally.

28 November 2004—My right hon. Friend the Deputy Prime Minister visited the Star City Casino, Sydney for which I refer the hon. Member to the Deputy Prime Minister's answer of 19 July 2006, Official Report, column 301.

In relation to meetings with associates of casino operators, there have been a number of meetings with representatives of Anschutz in connection with the Dome. Those involving the Deputy Prime Minister were set out in the letter appended to the Memorandum to the Committee of Standards. My right hon. Friend the Member for Streatham was also present at a meeting between the Deputy Prime Minister and officials and representatives of Anshutz in June 2003. In addition, my hon. Friend the Member for Harrow, East (Mr. McNulty) and officials met representatives of Anshutz in January 2003. But none of these Ministers were planning Ministers for the Dome and related developments.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether the Deputy Prime Minister was (a) consulted on and (b) involved in the production of the Casinos: National Policy Statement document published in December 2004. (94657)

The statement was a Government policy statement, agreed under the terms of collective responsibility in the normal way.

Commission for Equality and Human Rights

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what representation she plans for the (a) Hindu and (b) Sikh community on the Commission for Equality and Human Rights. (97204)

The first round of appointments of Commissioners to the Commission for Equality and Human Rights will be made shortly. Ministers expect the Commission to take an inclusive approach and reach out to all faith communities in the UK. The recruitment process for Commissioners has always been built on the premise that Commissioners will work in a collegiate manner, and that the body as a whole should have understanding of the functions of the Commission and especially of human rights and discrimination matters, including discrimination on the grounds of religion or belief. It has never been the intention for individual Commissioners to represent particular groups.

Correspondence

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government when she expects to reply to the letter from the hon. Member for West Chelmsford of 24 July on behalf of Mr Peter Lawrence; what the reasons are for the delay in replying; and if she will make a statement. (98875)

The letter to which the hon. Member refers to was replied to on 2 November. I agree that we have taken longer than I would have wished to respond and apologise to both the hon. Member and Mr. Lawrence for this.

Council Rents

To ask the Deputy Prime Minister what the average total rent paid by council tenants was in 2004-05; and what estimate he has made of the average amount spent per council tenant on repairs and services in that year. (61735)

I have been asked to reply.

Subsidy expenditure in relation to council homes includes major repairs and capital charges (e.g. interest and repayments on borrowing for previous housing investment and building), as well as ongoing management and maintenance.

The overall assumed in-year totals used for subsidy purposes are as follows:

£ million

Assumed rental income

5,722

Less:

Management and maintenance

3,082

Major repairs

1,389

Capital charges

1,205

ALMO allowance

86

Other allowances

82

Deficit funded by Exchequer

122

Average rent per household reported by councils for 2004-05 was £2,868.13. This is an unaudited figure. Average expenditure per house on repairs and maintenance reported by councils was £805.28. This does not include management, major repairs or decent homes refurbishments. Nor does it include the capital charges against debt or borrowing that may have been used to fund the building of the homes in the first place.

Council Tax

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Brentwood and Ongar (Mr. Pickles) of 23 October 2006, Official Report, column 1658W, on council tax rebates, whether such rebates referred to are only available to householders who purchase their gas or electricity from a Centrica-owned energy company. (99420)

The operation of any council rebate scheme for householders taking energy efficiency measures is entirely a matter for the local authority concerned. The Department for Communities and Local Government does not hold information about the basis on which individual schemes operate.

Crown/Duchy of Lancaster Property

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether Empty Dwelling Management Orders can be used to seize (a) Crown property and (b) property of the Duchy of Lancaster. (95880)

Empty Dwelling Management Orders cannot be made against dwellings owned by the Crown. A dwelling owned by the Duchy of Lancaster, or any other property owner, could only be subject to an Empty Dwelling Management Order if the local authority proposing the order sought and received authorisation from a Residential Property Tribunal.

Departmental Expenditure

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much the (a) Office of the Deputy Prime Minister and (b) private office of the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister spent on alcohol and hospitality in 2005-06. (83104)

The following table sets out the expenditure on hospitality for the former Office of the Deputy Prime Minister (ODPM) and ODPM Private Offices in 2005-06.

Amount (£)

(a) Total ODPM hospitality spend

54,932

of which:

(b) ODPM Private Offices

20,646

The totals include £8,563 spent on hospitality by the Deputy Prime Minister's Private Office.

Hospitality expenditure in the former ODPM was incurred when officials had provided meals/refreshments for ODPM stakeholders.

The Department's finance system did not identify expenditure on alcohol separately. This information could be obtained only at disproportionate cost.

All expenditure on official entertainment was made in accordance with published departmental guidance on financial procedures and propriety, based on principles set out in Government Accounting.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the cost to the public purse was of the Deputy Prime Minister’s 2005 Sustainable Communities Summit. (94818)

The net cost to the Department was £331,252. The total cost of holding the Sustainable Communities Summit 2005 was just over £2.8 million, while revenues from delegate fees and sponsorship were approximately £2.5 million.

The summit, hosted by the Deputy Prime Minister, was the biggest event of its kind ever held in this country. Some 2,000 delegates from over 150 organisations in the public, private and voluntary and community sectors took part, showing how they are working together to create sustainable communities and sharing in the expertise and experience of a range of international speakers.

The Summit House helped elicit over 200 expressions of interest in English Partnerships’ Design for Manufacture Competition, which showed how we can develop high quality housing for a construction cost of £60,000 or less per home, while also placing sustainable communities on the international agenda during the UK European presidency.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government who her Department funded to attend the conference on the internet and democracy in Budapest in July; and what criteria were used to select those delegates. (94827)

The Department did not directly fund any delegates to attend the event, the International eDemocracy symposium in Budapest on 26-28 July. However, sponsored delegates were invited and paid for by the International Centre for Local eDemocracy (ICELE), which will largely be funded by DCLG until March 2008. ICELE is the successor to the former Local eDemocracy National Project which was established and funded by the Department's Local eGovernment Programme.

Most of the symposium costs were covered by delegate fees and sponsorship by a number of organisations including the Council of Europe, Oracle, Sun Microsystems, Serco, Tata Consultancy Services and the Department.

Delegates invited to attend the event at ICELE’s expense were either conference speakers/workshop leaders (for example, a delegation from the UK Youth Parliament) or opinion formers within local government (for example, councillors who are active bloggers). These delegates were chosen by the conference organisers.

Departmental IT

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government which databases operated by her Department are located (a) wholly and (b) partly outside the UK; and where each of those databases and parts of databases is located. (97752)

The Planning Portal and the Public Enquiry Service (PES) use modules from a Customer Relationship Management package; the application and associated data are hosted in the USA under “Safe Harbor” status. The PES data will be migrated to a UK-based repository in the first quarter of 2007.

Departmental Staff

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many staff in her Department received bonus payments in each of the last five years for which information is available; what proportion of the total work force they represented; what the total amount of bonuses paid has been; what the largest single payment was in each year; and if she will make a statement. (98529)

The Department for Communities and Local Government (DCLG) was not created until 5 May 2006. Available information, for the most recent year, is as follows:

92 or 61 per cent. of permanent senior civil servants (SCS) received an award in respect of overall performance, totalling £630,000. Performance awards are an intrinsic part of the SCS pay system. The largest award was £12,500.

503 or 28 per cent. of non-SCS staff received an award in respect of overall performance, totalling £170,000. Awards were subject to a maximum payment of between £150 to £600, depending on grade.

301 or 17 per cent. of staff received an award in respect of exceptional performance on a specific task or at a specific time, totalling £105,000. These awards are subject to a general maximum payment of £600.

DCLG is committed to rewarding good performance and aims to increase performance awards available to non-SCS staff.

Empty Dwellings

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many full-time equivalent staff in her Department work on policy relating to empty dwelling management orders. (86784)

Work that arises on policy in relation to empty dwelling management orders is dealt with as part of the work of one full-time equivalent post within the Department.

Empty Homes Agency

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what funding the Empty Homes Agency received from (a) central Government and (b) the Housing Corporation in 2005-06. (94854)

In 2005-06, the Empty Homes Agency received £100,000 from the Department to support local authorities in bringing empty homes back into use and to promote good practice. The Agency received £13,156 from the Housing Corporation to run a conference addressing lessons learnt from research on how Registered Social Landlords can work with local authorities in tackling empty homes.

Energy Performance Certificates

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate she has made of the average cost of requiring energy performance certificates to be produced when a property is rented (a) in the private rented sector, (b) by registered social landlords and (c) by local authorities. (94644)

The price of an energy performance certificate will be set by the market and not by Government. We expect these costs to vary according to the size, type and location of the property. Trials are planned to take place shortly to assess the indicative time and costs of producing energy performance certificates. This will also look at properties in the private, registered social landlord and local authority rented sectors.

Facilities for Disabled People

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the total amount available from her Department to local authorities in the south-east for disabled facilities grants was in 2006-07; how much was bid for by each local authority; how much has been allocated to each local authority; and what use will be made by her Department of any underspend. (98882)

The total allocation of grant to local authorities in the south-east for the disabled facilities grant programme (DFG) in 2006-07 was £19.962 million. This compares with a total bid for resources from those authorities of £21.093 million. The table gives the details for each authority.

There is provision in the DFG financial management system for local authorities to carry over any underspend from one year to another if this is due to programme slippage and they can satisfy their auditors that this slippage can be made good in future years. There is also provision for a local authority that cannot meet this condition to refund the grant to the Department. As the DFG programme is ring-fenced any such refund will be reallocated to other authorities who can demonstrate a need for additional resource for their DFG programme. Any such reallocation will be made in close consultation with the Government offices.

LA name

2006-07 DFG bid (£000)

DFG 2006-07 allocations (£000)

Adur

180

180

Arun

450

450

Ashford

216

216

Aylesbury Vale

276

276

Basingstoke and Deane

390

390

Bracknell Forest

156

156

Brighton and Hove

495

495

Canterbury

339

339

Cherwell

375

375

Chichester

435

435

Chiltern

240

240

Crawley

252

252

Dartford

180

180

Dover

222

222

East Hampshire

300

300

Eastbourne

300

300

Eastleigh

315

315

Elmbridge

339

284

Epsom and Ewell

357

207

Fareham

159

159

Gosport

126

126

Gravesham

465

312

Guildford

192

192

Hart

180

162

Hastings

420

420

Havant

600

488

Horsham

375

296

Isle of Wight

480

480

Lewes

242

242

Maidstone

210

210

Medway

540

540

Mid Sussex

228

228

Milton Keynes

375

375

Mole Valley

142

142

New Forest

254

254

Oxford

360

360

Portsmouth

528

528

Reading

390

390

Reigate and Banstead

390

340

Rother

240

240

Runnymede

300

224

Rushmoor

240

211

Sevenoaks

342

342

Shepway

246

246

Slough

370

354

South Bucks

120

120

South Oxfordshire

480

480

Southampton

540

540

Spelthorne

250

250

Surrey Heath

239

162

Swale

720

512

Tandridge

120

120

Test Valley

375

313

Thanet

450

450

Tonbridge and Malling

276

276

Tunbridge Wells

180

180

Vale of White Horse

423

423

Waverley

210

210

Wealden

273

273

West Berkshire

324

324

West Oxfordshire

192

192

Winchester

270

270

Windsor and Maidenhead

270

270

Woking

180

180

Wokingham

330

284

Worthing

360

360

Wycombe

300

300

Total (£ million)

21,093

19,962

Fire Stations

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what guidance her Department has issued on the installation of smoke alarms in (a) retained and (b) non-retained fire stations. (99582)

Fire stations are subject to the Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order 2005 in the same way as other non-domestic premises. Any decision about whether any particular type of fire precaution, including fire detection and warning, is required should be taken in the light of a fire risk assessment of the premises and their use.

Gasworks Redevelopment

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the total cost to public funds has been of the redevelopment of the Old Gasworks site at the corner of Harford Street and Ben Jonson Road, London E1; and what contributions have come from each source of public funds in each relevant year. (97406)

The Department for Communities and Local Government has provided public funding for the development in the form of social housing grant via the Housing Corporation to provide over 500 new homes of mixed tenure, being developed by two Registered Social Landlords (RSLs)—Newlon Housing Trust and East Thames Housing Group. The total social housing grant agreed by the Housing Corporation is £24,824,911, with the remainder of the funding for this housing programme coming from the RSLs' own reserves. A total of £16,625,925 of this has been paid to date: £7,549,212 in 2003-04, less £24,105 reclaimed in 2004-05 and £9,100,818 in 2005-06.

In addition to the above, £12,350 of New Deal for Communities money has been spent on undertaking feasibility work relating to the potential development of a multi-purpose community facility, incorporating key Primary Care Trust activities, along with facilities for training, employment and enterprise activities. This breaks down to £12,075 in 2005-06 and a further £275 in this financial year.

Government Social Research Service

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the cost was of the Government Social Research Service in her Department in each of the last five years; how many projects have been completed by the Service in that period; and how many people are employed in the Service in her Department. (95852)

The projects completed by the GSR Service in DCLG for each of the past five financial years are:

Completed projects

2001-02

74

2002-03

96

2003-04

99

2004-05

73

2005-06

52

Total

394

The costs of the Government Social Research Service are only available for the past four financial years:

GSR service cost (£)

2002-03

3,300,189

2003-04

3,560,008

2004-05

3,165,383

2005-06

3,148,123

DCLG currently employs 64 Government Research Service staff, some of whom work on a part-time basis.

Home Condition Reports/Information Packs

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government when the Register of Home Condition Reports will be fully operational. (94805)

The key services required to enable the successful lodgement and retrieval of Home Condition Reports and Energy Performance Certificates will be available for the commencement of the area trials on 6 November, Plans are in place to develop this core service to provide full functionality by the first quarter of 2007 to allow for contingency before the start of live running on 1 June 2007. These development plans will take into account experiences gained and enhancements identified during the area trials.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what her estimate is of the cost of a home information pack (a) excluding the Home Condition Report and (b) including VAT. (94852)

The price of the pack will be determined by the market, not Government. The Regulatory Impact Assessment published in June assumed that costs would be similar to costs currently charged for similar products, although we expect competition and innovation will lead to a reduction in these prices.

We are currently revising our estimate for the cost of home information packs, including producing the Energy Performance Certificate in the light of the statements made on 18 July and 21 September. A revised estimate of the costs will be included in the updated Regulatory Impact Assessment to be published alongside new regulations in early 2007.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the Government’s planned expenditure is for the home information packs public relations and marketing campaign. (90356)

The total communications budget for the HIP Programme in 2006-07 is £2.6 million excluding VAT. This is to ensure that the public and those working in the home buying and selling industry understand the changes that are being made and the benefits they will bring to consumers and the environment. It includes expenditure to support the area trials and includes information for estate agents, information about energy performance certificates and facts for home buyers and sellers.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Surrey Heath (Mr. Gove) on 9 October 2006, Official Report, column 382W, on Home Information Packs, what is the estimated full-time equivalent number of individuals required to satisfy demand. (95808)

The estimated number of qualified home inspectors required after June 2007 to satisfy demand on a full-time equivalent basis would be approximately 2,200. Based on the range of current industry working practices, this means between 2,500 to 4,500 individual Home Inspectors would be required.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman) of 2 October 2006, Official Report, column 2535W, on Home Information Packs, whether her Department has produced estimated costs of a Home Condition Report in London. (95812)

The price of the pack will be determined by the market, not Government. For the purposes of preparing the RIA published in June we have assumed that costs will be similar to costs currently charged for similar products, although we expect competition and innovation will lead to a reduction in these prices.

The full Home Condition Report (HCR) will be similar in content to the existing mid-range survey on the market, The Homebuyers Survey and Valuation, which costs about £400 plus VAT on average across the country as a whole. The actual cost of the HCR will be determined by the market and this will depend, as now, on the size, condition and location of the property. We expect competition in the market to ensure that costs are held down.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what home information pack trials are taking place; where the next trials are planned; and whether the next trials will include environmental standards. (99231)

Trials will take place in Bath, Cambridge, Southampton, Northampton, Newcastle and Huddersfield. We are working with the Association of Home Information Pack Providers to ensure providers are in place to conduct the trials.

No further locations are currently planned.

The trials will include testing of the Energy Performance Certificate and the Home Condition Report.

Home Improvement Agencies

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the status is of the national contract to act as the co-ordinating body for home improvement agencies; and what plans she has to renew it. (97577)

The contract is currently held with Foundations who act as the national co-ordinating body for Home Improvement Agencies. A decision will be taken shortly as to how best to continue to support a national co-ordinating body when the existing contract period expires. This is still the subject of procurement discussions and, further to these, we hope to be able to make a decision in November.

Home Inspectors

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether the Government plan to fund compensation for those who have trained to be home inspectors; and if she will make a statement. (94823)

The Government's policy is that mandatory Home Condition Reports (HCRs) remain on the table if the industry fails to make a success of the roll-out of HCRs. We will promote the voluntary take-up of HCRs, and have allocated £4 million to support their take-up and testing of home information packs. Therefore home inspectors will still be needed and job opportunities for home inspectors remain for those who have undertaken training. Moreover, the introduction of Energy Performance Certificates for private and social rented properties will further enhance these opportunities.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many home inspectors are in training. (94824)

According to the figures supplied by assessment centres, as at 5 October, there were 4,180 home inspectors in training. This excludes those who had completed training.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the most recent figures are for the number of home inspectors who are now (a) qualified and (b) in training. (95840)

The most recent figures, as at 5 October, supplied by assessment centres show that

(a) there are 500 home inspectors who have completed their training, of whom 190 have now been issued with their certificate

(b) there were 4,180 candidates still in training.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what recent estimate her Department has made of the number of trained home inspectors. (95888)

At least 470 home inspector candidates have completed their training.

This figure is based on returns provided by six of the 11 assessment centres at 25 August, together with earlier returns from the other centres.

Honours

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many local authority councillors received a Commander of the Order of the British Empire award between May 1997 and November 2006, broken down by political party affiliation. (98877)

Records in the Department for Communities and Local Government showing the number of CBE awards made to local authority councillors for services to local government in England and Wales are available from 2001. In the period from the new year 2001 to the Queen’s birthday 2006 lists, 15 such awards were made. National honours to local authority councillors are awarded for the contribution the individual has made to the local community. The individual’s party political affiliation is not taken into account in assessing potential candidates for honours.

Housing

To ask the Deputy Prime Minister (1) what proportion of new housing built on brownfield sites in the 12 months to 1 April was built on garden or playing field sites; (64947)

(2) what assessment has been made of the change in the amount of garden space in urban and suburban areas since May 1997.

I have been asked to reply.

The information requested on gardens is not available centrally. The extent of garden space compared to curtilage of previous building is not recorded in land use change statistics on development of previously developed land.

Outdoor recreation is classified as an undeveloped use, not as brownfield. In 2004 2 per cent. of new dwellings were provided on land that was previously outdoor recreation, down from 4 per cent. in 1994 and 3 per cent. in 1997. Planning policy on open space and recreation is set out in planning Policy Guidance 17 (PPG17) (July 2002) which states that existing open space, sports and recreational building and land should not be built on unless an assessment has been undertaken which has clearly shown the open space or the buildings and land to be surplus to requirement. In addition new investment has brought other kinds of brownfield land back into use for outdoor recreation.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what assessment she has made of the effect of large bonus payments to people employed in the financial services industry on house prices in London. (99369)

As part of the Government’s response to the Barker Review of Housing Supply, the Government undertook detailed analysis and modelling of affordability, as detailed in the research publication “Affordability Targets: Implications for Housing Supply” (ODPM, 2005). The modelling took into account rising incomes over the period and this analysis contributed to the decision to set an ambition to increase housing supply to a level of 200,000 annual net additions by 2016. It looked at long term prices, rather than short term pressures in individual locations. The new National Housing and Planning Advice Unit will provide more detailed assessments for regions and local areas.

At an aggregate level house prices are affected by a wide range of variables, including interest rates, level of household income and flexibility of the credit market.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many projected additional households are attributable to each of the principal factors generating additional households in each year from 2003 to 2026. (94218)

An analysis of the components of growth in household numbers as projected by the 2003-based household projections produced by the Department for Communities and Local Government is tabulated. Household growth has been split into the four principal factors generating additional households. The changes are best viewed over several years as tabulated.

The factors are:

(a) the projected growth of the total adult private household population;

(b) the change in the age structure of the population;

(c) changes in the marital status of the population, including proportions cohabiting, as well as legal marital status; and

(d) changes in household formation rates specific for age, sex, legal marital status and cohabitation.

The table includes a “remainder” column, which shows the change due to interaction between the components, for instance, the combined effect of increasing population and changes in the age distribution.

Components of the projected increase in households 2003-26: England

Thousand

Adult population

Age structure

Marital status

Household formation rates

Remainder

Total

2003-06

410

19

-15

160

6

580

2006-11

690

144

-18

249

16

1,081

2011-16

607

294

-2

223

16

1,139

2016-21

582

292

-7

195

15

1,076

2021-26

507

255

-7

168

9

932

Source:

2003-based household projections (DCLG and APU)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much was spent on affordable housing in each of the last 20 years. (93797)

The following table shows the amount of expenditure through the Housing Corporation on affordable housing since 1992-93. This does not include expenditure through English Partnerships for example on the first time buyers initiative or the London Wide initiative. Nor does it include investment in affordable housing through section 106 agreements.

£ million

Affordable Housing Programme

Local Authority Social Housing Grant

Safer Communities Supported Housing Fund

Starter Home Initiative

Other

Total

1992-93

2,284

399

0

0

21

2,704

1993-94

1,761

443

0

0

33

2,238

1994-95

1,441

372

0

0

46

1,859

1995-96

1,112

370

0

0

41

1,523

1996-97

1,007

349

0

0

23

1,380

1997-8

667

363

0

0

60

1,090

1998-9

603

335

0

0

129

1,067

1999-2000

635

328

0

0

180

1,143

2000-01

727

400

0

0

103

1,230

2001-02

799

410

9

2

13

1,233

2002-03

925

499

27

67

11

1,529

2003-04

1,590

249

27

172

16

2,054

2004-05

1,600

35

11

7

18

1,671

2005-06 1

1,599

23

2

0

9

1,632

2006-07 2

1,958

0

0

0

20

1,841

2007-08 2

1,945

0

0

0

20

2,015

1 Provisional

2 Forecast

This table represents the investment the Government have made via the Housing Corporation to registered social landlords for the provision and repair of affordable housing for both rent and low cost home ownership.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer of 4 September 2006, Official Report, column 1664W, on housing, (1) in which local authority areas transactions have been completed under the Social Homebuy scheme; and how many transactions have been completed in each area; (94555)

(2) which (a) housing associations and (b) local authorities participate in the Social Homebuy scheme;

(3) how many housing associations are participating in the Social Homebuy scheme;

(4) how many social tenants are eligible for the Social HomeBuy scheme.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many completed transactions of the sale or part-sale of homes have taken place under the Social Homebuy scheme. (95841)

The Social Homebuy scheme is anew programme for secure and assured tenants of participating local authorities and housing associations. To qualify individuals must have been public sector tenants for at least two years (five years for tenancies granted on or after 18 January 2005).

Four housing associations (Notting Hill Housing Trust, Guinness Trust, Sovereign Housing Group and Places for People) and one local authority, the London borough of Southwark, have begun to pilot the new Social Homebuy scheme. The pilots were launched in late 2005 by inviting expressions of interest. The next stage was for landlords to supply key information to the potential purchasers who have expressed an interest on property values and likely costs, so that they could decide whether they wished to make a formal application. The first applications and sales are now starting to come through. Transactions typically take longer than house sales because landlords also carry out affordability checks to ensure purchasers can sustain home ownership. Over 150 applications are in the pipeline, with five sales completed and more expected shortly.

Of the five sales completed so far, three have been in the London borough of Hammersmith and Fulham, one was in the London borough of Kensington and Chelsea and the remaining one was in Chorley in Lancashire.

A further 38 housing associations intend to offer the Social Homebuy scheme from April 2007. The names of these housing associations are set out as follows. In addition the Housing Corporation announced details on 13 October of a further bidding round for housing associations to be funded to offer the scheme which will start on 30 October. A number of local authorities in London and elsewhere are also working up plans for pilots.

RSLs offering Social HomeBuy in 2006-08

London region

Broomleigh Housing Association

Catalyst Housing Group

Circle Anglia

Dominion Housing Group

Downland Housing Association

Family Housing group

Gallions Housing Association

Genesis Housing Group

London and Quadrant

Metropolitan Housing Partnership

Moat Housing Group

Mosaic Housing Association Ltd.

Notting Hill Housing Group

Peabody Trust

Places for People Group

Presentation Housing Association

Southern Housing Group

Region—South East

Sentinel

Testway Housing

Southern Housing Group

Places for People

Moat

Sovereign Housing Association

Aldwyck

Dominion Housing Group

Oxford Citizens Housing Association

Region—East of England

Aldwyck

Genesis

Nene Housing Society

Region—South West

Western Challenge

Evesham and Pershore Housing Ass.

Gloucestershire Housing Association

Somer Community Housing Trust

Devon and Cornwall Housing Association

Knightstone Housing Association Ltd.

Sovereign Housing Group

Region—East Midlands

Places for People

Nene Housing Society

Region—West Midlands

Bromford

Evesham and Pershore

Mercian

West Mercia

Region—North East

Places for People

Three Rivers Housing Association

Region—North West

CDS Housing Association Ltd.

Cosmopolitan

Greater Hornby

Places for People

William Sutton Housing Association

Riverside

Knowsley Housing Trust

Region—Yorkshire and Humber

Places for People Group

William Sutton

Joseph Rowntree Foundation

Early pilots—most regions

Notting Hill Housing Group

Places for People

Sovereign Housing Association

Guinness

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what percentage of social housing provided in the south-east of England is allocated to (a) asylum seekers, (b) foreign nationals who have indefinite leave to remain in the United Kingdom and (c) foreign nationals who have further leave to remain in the United Kingdom. (95234)

Information on the allocation of local authority dwellings is collected quarterly on the Department for Communities and Local Government’s P1(E) form. Between April and June 2006 (the most recent quarter for which data are available), 60 out of the 67 authorities in the south eastern region reported data. Data on lettings by Registered Social Landlords are not collected by these categories of foreign nationals.

(a) Asylum seekers are not eligible for social housing.

(b) Between April and June 2006, local authorities in the south-east region reported 14 out of an estimated 2,855 total new local authority lettings to foreign nationals who had refugee status or indefinite leave to remain.

(c) There is no specific class of eligibility for social housing for persons granted further leave to remain. However, persons granted exceptional leave to remain, discretionary leave or humanitarian protection will be eligible to be housed. Between April and June 2006, local authorities in the south-east region reported three out of an estimated 2,855 total new local authority lettings went to foreign nationals who remained here on grounds of either exceptional leave to remain, discretionary leave or humanitarian protection.

The most recent data available on “total” new LA lettings come from the Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix, and are for 2004-05. There is estimated to have been a total of 2,855 new LA lettings in a quarter.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what assessment she has made of the potential effect on the housing market of a shortage of Energy Performance Certificate inspectors. (96677)

The Department has estimated that between 2,500 and 4,500 inspectors will be needed to produce Energy Performance Certificates (EPCs) together with voluntary home condition reports for marketed residential sales when EPCs become mandatory in June 2007. There are reported to be 4,470 home inspector candidates who are either in or have completed their training.

A report commissioned by the former Office of the Deputy Prime Minister and carried out by National Energy Services concluded that there is also a potential pool of suitably skilled individuals prepared to undergo training and become qualified as domestic energy assessors, who could produce EPCs. Training courses offering such a qualification are expected to be available in early 2007, with candidates able to qualify in time for June 2007. Therefore there are plenty of available candidates to prevent a shortage or any impact on the market.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government when she expects to announce allocations from the next round of decent homes 2006 housing transfer and arm’s length management organisations programme bidding. (96782)

On 18 October I announced that 29 schemes had been awarded places on the 2006 Housing Transfer Programme and that places for a further 20 schemes were being held open for further discussions with applicants. The results of bids for places on round 6 of the arm’s length management organisation programme will be announced later in the year.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many shared-equity homes have been (a) built and (b) made available on the market in Coventry, South in each of the last three years. (98883)

The following table shows homes provided through shared equity in Coventry in each of the last three years via the Housing Corporation's Affordable Housing Programme and Local Authority Social Housing Grant. The information requested is not available at constituency level.

Shared Ownership

Open Market Purchase

2003-04

4

7

2004-05

10

0

2005-06

0

7

Source: Housing Corporation

Shared Ownership includes both new build and those acquired and refurbished.

Allocations provided through the Housing Corporation's Affordable Housing Programme 2006-08 are expected to deliver 123 new build Homebuy (formerly shared ownership) units in Coventry.

This does not include any shared ownership homes funded entirely under section 106.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what percentage of homes built in Coventry, South since 1997 have been affordable social housing. (98885)

Since 1 April 1997, 25 per cent. of all dwellings built in Coventry have been for affordable housing (social rent and low cost home ownership). Information specific to the Coventry, South constituency is not held centrally.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many children are living in households which are statutorily overcrowded in (a) Luton, (b) Bedfordshire and (c) England. (99472)

Reliable estimates of overcrowding based on the statutory standard are not available because the underlying data are not collected systematically. A one-off estimate was made in 2003 that approximately 20,000 households across the whole of England were in conditions of overcrowding that breached the statutory standard. This estimate was based on data from the “Survey of English Housing” for the period 2000-01 to 2002-03 and from the 2001 “English House Condition Survey”. However, no further estimate was made of how many children were living in these 20,000 households.

Estimates of the number of households in Luton, Bedfordshire and the whole of the United Kingdom that are statutorily overcrowded are also not available.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much gap funding has been provided for stock transfer of council homes to registered social landlords; from which of her Department's budgets this funding was drawn; and how much additional gap funding local authorities have requested in the latest transfer round. (99545)

A total of £182 million has been made available for gap funding over the period of the SR2004, up to 2007-08. We have entered into 13 gap funding agreements with RSLs up to the value of £203 million for periods of up to 10 years. Since March 2005 to 31 October 2006, payments totalling £21.4 million have been made from the Department's Capital DEL budget under these arrangements.

We received applications for places on the 2006 Housing Transfer Programme for 23 schemes from 15 authorities where the negative valuation totals around minus £700 million and gap funding arrangements may be required.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) which (a) individuals, (b) authorities and (c) other organisations have responded to her Department’s discussion paper, Tackling Overcrowding in England; and if she will place copies of the responses in the Library; (99573)

(2) when she expects to make a statement on the new standard she plans to introduce to measure statutory overcrowding.

We have received over 100 responses to our discussion paper ‘Tackling Overcrowding in England’. My officials are currently reviewing these responses. We expect to publish the Government’s response shortly, and will at the same time place copies of all responses to the discussion paper in the Library of the House, except in cases where confidentially has been requested.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what progress has been made on the London Housing Board’s target that 35 per cent. of new social housing in 2006 to 2008 will have three or more bedrooms; and if she will make a statement. (99574)

Allocations from the National Affordable Housing Programme in London for 2006-07 to 2007-08 will deliver 34.5 per cent. of social rented homes with three or more bedrooms. This reflects the priority in the London Housing Strategy 2005-16 to increase the supply of larger family homes in the social sector. As schemes allocated funding for 2006-07 to 2007-08 will deliver completed homes over a number of years, it is too early to say what progress is being made.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate she has made of the funding required to enable those local authorities who face a shortfall in resources to meet the Decent Homes target. (99578)

In order to bring in the investment needed to make all social housing decent, we provide additional ways to support local authorities who need additional funding to make their homes decent on top of the resources provided through the Housing Revenue Account.

By 31 March 2008, £182 million will have been made available for gap-funded transfers, £3.7 billion for arm’s length management organisations and £2.7 billion for PFI schemes. Future levels of funding for gap-funded transfers and ALMOs are being negotiated as part of the Comprehensive Spending Review process.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many shared equity homes have been (a) built and (b) made available on the market in (i) Chorley and (ii) Lancashire in each of the last three years. (98044)

The following table shows homes provided via the Housing Corporation's Affordable Housing Programme and Local Authority Social Housing Grant through shared equity in both Chorley and Lancashire in each of the last three years.

Chorley

Lancashire1

2003-04

Shared Ownership

4

79

Open Market Purchase

2004-05

Shared Ownership

13

58

Open Market Purchase

2005-06

Shared Ownership

19

62

Open Market Purchase

1

1 Lancashire, for the purposes of this response, includes the following local authorities: Burnley, Chorley, Fylde, Hyndburn, Lancaster, Pendle, Preston, Ribble Valley, Rossendale, South Ribble, West Lancashire and Wyre.

Shared Ownership includes both new build and those acquired and refurbished.

Allocations provided through the Housing Corporation’s Affordable Housing Programme 2006-08 are expected to deliver six new build shared ownership units in Chorley and 221 new build shared ownership properties in Lancashire.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government following the publication of Appendix 7 of Milton Keynes Partnership’s MK2031 document outlining the proposals for the demolition of houses in Milton Keynes, how many houses she expects to be demolished in Milton Keynes. (98110)

The Government are committed to increasing housing growth in Milton Keynes as detailed in the Milton Keynes and South Midlands Sub-Regional Strategy. Detailed decisions are a matter for Milton Keynes Partnership and Milton Keynes council. However, we are not aware they have any plans to demolish houses.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what percentage of homes built in (a) Oxfordshire and (b) the Wantage constituency since 1997 have been affordable social housing. (98240)

Since 1 April 1997, 22 per cent. of all dwellings built in Oxfordshire have been affordable social housing. Information specific to the Wantage constituency is not held centrally. However, 24 per cent. of all dwellings built since 1 April 1997 in the local authority Vale of White Horse have been affordable social housing.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many extra houses are planned for the Crawley and Horsham area over the next 12 months. (97956)

Crawley borough council’s projected figure for new housing building in the year 2006-07 is 269 units, and for the year 2007-08 it is 384 units. Horsham district council’s projected figure for new housing building in the year 2006-07 is 406 units, and for the year 2007-08 it is 410 units. These figures are taken from the annual monitoring report projected figures provided by the councils.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what definition of overcrowding her Department uses in assessing housing shortages; and if she will make a statement. (97264)

The current national statutory overcrowding standards (the Room Standard and the Space Standard) are set out in Part X of the Housing Act 1985 which restates standards that have remained unchanged since 1935. Under the Housing Act a dwelling is overcrowded if either of the standards is contravened:

The Room Standard is breached if two people of opposite sexes who are not living together as husband and wife must sleep in the same room. Living rooms and kitchens as well as bedrooms can be treated as available sleeping accommodation. Children under 10 do not count.

The Space Standard specifies the number of people who may sleep in a dwelling according to the number of rooms and their floor area. Two calculations are required and the lower number applies. Babies under one year do not count, and children under 10 count as half.

The Government have recently consulted on updating the statutory standards. Recent estimates of overcrowding based on the statutory standard are not available because the underlying data are not collected systematically. A one-off estimate was made in 2003 that approximately 20,000 households across the whole of England were in conditions of overcrowding that breached the statutory standard. This estimate was based on data from the Survey of English Housing for the period 2000-01 to 2002-03 and from the 2001 English House Condition Survey.

The Bedroom Standard has been used as the statistical benchmark (for example, in the Survey of English Housing) for measuring overcrowding since the 1960s. It differs considerably from the statutory standards. About 525,000 households are currently overcrowded by the Bedroom Standard. This is about 2.5 per cent. of households.

DCLG uses the statutory standards, the bedrooms standards, as well as other indicators of housing stress, such as rates of temporary accommodation, to inform decisions about resources for additional housing supply.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many local authority lettings have been made to nationals from the EU accession states since May 2004; and how many have received homelessness assistance in that period. (82908)

A total of 128 local authority lettings have been made to households from the EU accession states since May 2004. These figures include households who have been in the UK since before May 2004. This comprises around 0.04 per cent. of total lettings to all new tenants over the 26 month period.

A total of 524 households from the EU accession states have been accepted as eligible, unintentionally homeless and in priority need, and consequently owed a main homelessness duty, since May 2004. This comprises around 0.2 per cent. of the total number of households accepted over the 26 month period.

To ask the Deputy Prime Minister how much (a) revenue and (b) capital funding has been spent on (i) new and (ii) existing social housing in each year since 1997; and if he will make a statement. (63435)

I have been asked to reply.

The following table shows, in total, how much local authorities have invested and plan to invest in their existing stock each year since 1997 through the Housing Revenue Account, the majority of which comes from central Government funding.

Housing Revenue Account

£ million

1997-98

1,563

1998-99

1,660

1999-2000

1,569

2000-01

1,816

2001-02

2,142

2002-03

2,345

2003-04

2,641

2004-05

3,176

2005-06

3,564

2006-07

3,334

2007-08

3,190

Source: Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix (HSSA).

In addition, Government capital provision in affordable housing, both new and existing, since 1997 is as follows:

£ million

1997-98

1,894

1998-99

2,098

1999-2000

2,173

2000-01

2,866

2001-02

2,696

2002-03

2,943

2003-04

3,964

2004-05

4,135

2005-06

5,223

2006-07

5,347

2007-08

5,665

The capital investment figures included expenditure through the Housing Corporation's Approved Development Programme. Information on how this funding was spent on social rented housing and on existing social housing is as follows:

£ million

Expenditure on social rent provision

Expenditure on existing social rented housing

1997-98

458.21

65.30

1998-99

446.86

40.43

1999-2000

522.95

34.43

2000-01

576.47

59.62

2001-02

647.16

67.42

2002-03

761.69

44.80

2003-04

1,174.81

53.70

2004-05

1,050.03

46.85

2005-061

960

33.8

2006-082

2,820

59.4

1 Provisional. 2 Estimate. Notes:1. Expenditure on social rent provision includes both new build and additions to the stock which are acquired and refurbished. 2. The figures for existing social housing include expenditure on major repairs and works to Registered Social Landlord stock. Source: Housing Corporation.

IT Projects

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what her Department's five most expensive (a) web and (b) non-web information technology projects have been since 2001. (98563)

The Department for Communities and Local Government was created in May 2006. No (a) web or (b) non-web information technology projects have been completed since that date.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many and what percentage of information technology projects undertaken by or for her Department since 2001 have been delivered (a) over budget, (b) after their original deadline, (c) on budget, (d) under budget, (e) on their original deadline and (f) ahead of their original deadline. (98600)

The Department for Communities and Local Government was created in May 2006. No information technology projects have been completed since that date.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many information technology projects her Department has undertaken in each year since 2001; and how many of those projects were web-related. (98617)

The Department for Communities and Local Government was created in May 2006. One information technology project has been initiated since that date; it is not web-related.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much her Department has spent on information technology consultants in each year since 2001; and how many consultants worked on web-facing projects in each of those years. (98618)

The Department of Communities and Local Government came into being in May 2006. The spend on IT consultancies for the year to date is £4,955,360.

To provide the numbers of consultants working on web-facing projects would be at disproportionate cost.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much her Department has spent on (a) information technology projects and (b) web-facing information technology projects in each year since 2001. (98619)

The Department for Communities and Local Government was created in May 2006. No (a) information technology projects and (b) web-facing information technology projects have been completed since that date.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many contracts for non-web related information technology projects with a value over £1 million have been awarded by her Department to external consultants since 2001. (98925)

The Department for Communities and Local Government was formed in May 2006. There are four non-web related contracts with a value of over £1 million.

Local Government

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if she will take steps to allow local authorities to decide policies and strategies through specialist committees rather than through a Cabinet monitored by scrutiny boards. (99295)

The Local Government White Paper published on 26 October sets out our plans for stronger and more stable executive leadership and giving local authority overview and scrutiny committees new powers to review the actions of key public bodies. We have no plans to return to the old committee system.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what recent communication her Department has had with Coventry city council on the Local Government White Paper. (98886)

My Department has engaged extensively with local government representatives and individual authorities across England in developing “Strong and Prosperous Communities—The Local Government White Paper”.

Contact with Coventry city council as part of this broad agenda has included the following:

officials met with the leader and chief executive of Coventry city council in May 2005, as part of the engagement programme for the discussion document on “Vibrant Local Leadership”; and

as a member of the Birmingham, Coventry and Black Country city-region, Coventry city council were involved in the development of the city-region business case which was presented to the Secretary of State on 23 May 2006. Further engagement on this agenda took place in relation to the city-region’s joint growth point bid, with the funding allocations being announced on 24 October 2006.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether she proposes a limit on the number of unitary authorities further to section 3.55 of the local government white paper. (100183)

As we made clear in paragraph 5.16 of the invitation to councils to make proposals for future unitary structures that was published alongside the Local Government White Paper, the Government think they will be unlikely to be able to implement more than eight proposals. However, the final decision on the number of proposals that will be implemented will depend crucially on the content of local authority submissions and the potential impact on public expenditure totals if these proposals were approved. This expected maximum number would not preclude the Government from deciding to implement more if they offered good value for money and were affordable.

London Borough of Bexley

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government which projects are under consideration by her Department in the London Borough of Bexley. (99984)

The Government office for London is currently negotiating a Local Area Agreement with the London borough of Bexley. The agreement will bring together funding streams from various Whitehall Departments. It offers Bexley the opportunity to work more flexibly to achieve its own locally agreed priorities and will include reward grant for enhanced performance in some of those priority areas.

The Housing Corporation has allocated over £15 million in its 2006-08 housing programme to support schemes in the London borough of Bexley.

Under our Thames Gateway programme Bexley is receiving £35 million over the period 2004-05 to 2007-08 to support a range of projects from town centre regeneration to managing marshland, and to fund the Bexley Regeneration Partnership. Further funding for a project to refurbish and renovate the Crossness pumping station is currently under consideration. English Partnerships is providing funding of £200,000 to support masterplanning on the Erith Western Gateway Project in the borough.

The East Thamesmead Centre for Innovation is also receiving £2.5 million capital funding from the European Regional Development Fund between 2004-05 and 2006-07. The aims of the project include providing incubation space for new and expanding businesses, and accommodating an innovation and business development support service.

Ministerial Gifts

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the publication of the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister Resource Accounts 2005-06 (HC 1465), what each of the individual gifts given by the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister in 2005-06 were; and who received each gift. (94559)

The following table provides a brief description of each item gifted by the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister (ODPM) in the financial year 2005-06, and the entity that received each gift.

Type of gift

Name of entity gift donated

ODPM undertook work on behalf of the Fire and Rescue Services (the Firelink Programme), which resulted in the creation of radio communications systems, including hardware (radios) and installation costs for 14 Fire and Rescue Services

To the following Fire and Rescue Services: Dorset, East Sussex, Greater Manchester, Hereford and Worcester, Hertfordshire, Kent, Leicestershire, Mid and West Wales, North Wales, Northamptonshire, Suffolk, Warwickshire, West Sussex and Wiltshire

1 set of prizes awarded to delegates attending a UK presidency meeting

House of Commons diaries and four whisky glasses presented to the Finnish Minister of Regional and Municipal Affairs and senior officials in the Finnish Ministry of the Interior during a study visit to Finland by senior ODPM officials

86 Green Goddesses

For Humanitarian Purposes—76 donated to Operation Florian (a UK Fire Service humanitarian charity) and 10 donated to Rapid UK (exists to provide experienced disaster response anywhere in the world, when required)

12 Green Goddesses

For Museums and Heritage—four donated to Civil Defence and Emergency Service Preservation Trust, and one each to Auxiliary Fire Service Vehicle Restoration Group (Midlands), Manston Fire Museum, Fire Police Museum, National Historic Vehicle Society, Whitewebbs Museum of Transport, Mid and West Wales Fire and Rescue Service Preservation Society, Welsh Area Fire Engine Restoration Society (Museum of Fire) and Military Vehicle Trust

102 Green Goddesses

Not yet allocated to final destinations but are earmarked for humanitarian purposes.

Ministerial Travel

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what steps she has taken to offset the carbon dioxide emissions caused by ministerial travel in her Department. (98743)

All central government ministerial and official air travel is being offset from 1 April 2006. Departmental aviation emissions are calculated on an annual basis and subsequently offset through payments to a central fund. The fund purchases certified emissions reductions credits from energy efficiency and renewable energy projects with sustainable development benefits, located in developing countries.

Muslim Council of Britain

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much (a) financial support and (b) support in kind her predecessor departments the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister, the Department of the Environment, Transport and the Regions, the Department for Transport, Local Government and the Regions and their agencies gave to the Muslim Council of Britain in each year since 1997. (99397)

I refer the hon. Member to the reply given on 30 October 2006, Official Report, column 46W, to a question which sought details of financial support and support in kind given to the Muslim Council of Britain.

Information from previous Departments is not held centrally and cannot be researched further without disproportionate cost.

Ocean Estate (Transfer Ballot)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the costs were of the housing consultation exercise related to the recent stock transfer ballot on the Ocean Estate in London E1/E14 in each year since 2001; and by which organisations the costs will be met. (97405)

The costs of the statutory consultation required under section 106 of and Schedule 3 A of the Housing Act 1985 are as follows:

(£)

Costs incurred by:

London Borough of Tower Hamlets

Ocean NDC—covered by DCLG Grant

2005-06

120,411

85,6821

2006-07

23,003

27,6041

1 Estimated costs

Sanctuary Housing Association incurred costs of 297,838 on promotional activity during the formal consultation period.

Ocean New Deal for Communities Programme

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) why the Ocean New Deal for Communities programme in London E1/E14 has been put into special measures; and what factors underlay the decision to suspend resident board member Shirin Choudhury; (97407)

(2) if she will take steps to ensure that investment is forthcoming from Ocean New Deal for Communities and other bodies to carry out necessary repairs and improvements at the Ocean Estate in London E1/E14.

The Ocean NDC has not been put into special measures. The Department has commissioned an independent review of the NDC's programme, following the recent housing stock transfer ballot on the Ocean estate. Following this review and after discussion with London borough of Tower Hamlets (the accountable body for this NDC) we will be considering the position of the Ocean estate.

NDCs are set up with autonomous governance arrangements and boards. This will include codes of conduct which all board members are expected to adhere to. Any decision to suspend a board member will be taken by an NDC Board.

Planning

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether she plans to establish a national land database of public land available for alternative uses including housing. (78902)

Following the publication of the sustainable communities plan in 2003, English Partnerships established a register of surplus public sector land held by central Government bodies and available for reuse. A web-based version of the register was established in 2005 as part of the electronic Property Information Mapping Service (e-PIMS), operated by the Office of Government Commerce. e-PIMS records information about properties owned and occupied by central Government. Work is under way to provide more comprehensive information on surplus public land.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether the planning application to construct the millennium dome in the late 1990s was called in by the Secretary of State; and what reasons were given to justify any call-in. (94566)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if she will list the planning applications from consideration of which the Deputy Prime Minister ruled himself out on probity grounds due to a potential conflict of interest with family members when he was the Secretary of State responsible for planning. (94643)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer of 15 May 2006, Official Report, column 813W, on planning, whether the planning decisions involved planning applications in which Estate Partnerships played a role. (95798)

Our records of planning applications and planning appeals considered by the Deputy Prime Minister and other planning Ministers, show no applications from “Estate Partnerships”, either as applicant or agent.

We do not know which people and organisations are clients of “Estate Partnerships” and are therefore unable to provide any further answer with regard to them.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what plans the Government has to tackle the practice of the sale and marking out of development plots of green belt land where there is no realistic prospect of planning permission. (99394)

Consultation ended on 24 October on my Department's proposals to speed up the procedures enabling local planning authorities to redraw permitted development rights in respect of the subdivision of rural land.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what steps her Department has taken to ensure that local planning authorities are able to impose energy efficiency measures under the EU Directive on Energy Performance of Buildings (Directive 2002/91/EC) in relation to new planning applications. (98513)

The requirements of the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive and associated energy performance calculation methodologies were implemented through an amendment to the Building Regulations introduced in April 2006. Compliance with Building Regulations is enforced by Local Authority Building Control and approved inspectors.

National planning policy set out in Planning Policy Statement 1 (PPS1) already expects the development plans prepared by regional planning bodies and local planning authorities to contribute to global sustainability through policies which reduce energy use, reduce emissions (for example, by encouraging patterns of development which reduce the need to travel by private car, or reduce the impact of moving freight) and promote the development of renewable energy resources. In doing so, planning policies are expected to avoid replicating, cutting across, or detrimentally affecting matters within the scope of other legislative requirements, such as those set out in Building Regulations for energy efficiency.

We have said we will publish for consultation by the end of the year a new PPS on climate change. This will set out how the Government expects participants in the planning process to work towards the reduction of carbon emissions in the location, siting and design of new development. The PPS will sit alongside the Code for Sustainable Homes, and together with national Building Regulations support the Government’s ambition of moving first to low carbon and then to carbon neutral development.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if she will place in the Library a copy of her Department’s guidance on propriety issues in handling planning casework. (90737)

[holding answer 11 September 2006]: I have today placed a copy of the current “Guidance on Propriety Issues in Handling Planning Casework in Communities and Local Government” in the House Library. It is also available on the DCLG website at http://www.communities.gov.uk/index.asp?id=l144571

Radon Gas

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what assessment the Government have made of the possible effects of radon gas in respect of the development proposed in the Milton Keynes and South Midlands Regional Strategy. (77691)

The Health Protection Agency (HPA) has assessed the levels of Radon gas across the UK. This assessment has shown elevated levels in some parts of the Milton Keynes South Midlands area. The provision of protection for new buildings against the ingress of radon is a normal part of the planning process through PPS23 and Buildings Regulations. Several authorities in the MKSM area are participating in the Government's radon programme—“Reducing Radon in the Home”.

Recycling

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what steps she is taking to encourage the use of reused and recycled materials in capital procurement projects for which her Department is responsible. (98006)

The Department for Communities and Local Government is adopting new procurement guidance that will specifically address sustainable themes and encourage staff to take sustainable factors into consideration from the beginning of any capital procurement.

Regeneration (Thames Gateway)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether public sector funding bodies with responsibility for delivering new housing in the Thames Gateway plan to make their contribution conditional on defined high standards of design. (93957)

The Government recognise that high quality housing design is a prerequisite for creating sustainable and cohesive communities. We have been working with members of the Thames Gateway Strategic Forum to promote high quality housing design and we will be announcing a package of measure to support this in the forthcoming Thames Gateway Interim Strategic Framework that will be published on 22 November 2006.

In addition to this the Housing Corporation has established a Commission on Affordable Housing and Design Quality in the Thames Gateway. The aim of the Commission is to deliver a document that will specify design standards that will be applied to all new Corporation funded properties developed in the Thames Gateway.

Registered Social Landlords

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the value of the (a) assets and (b) surpluses of the 10 largest registered social landlords was in each of the last four years. (98265)

The following table lists the largest 10 registered social landlords (RSLs) in each of the years from 2002 to 2006 together with the level of stock owned and managed, Net Book Value of their stock and their Surplus before Tax for each of the years.

£000

Owned and managed

Net book value

Surplus before tax

2002

North British

44,852

687,258

5,903

Anchor Trust

34,948

166,961

7,266

Sanctuary Housing Association

32,825

481,300

6,584

Home Group Limited

30,065

411,796

4,082

Hyde

27,948

308,269

3,213

Home Housing 1998

24,722

0

0

Riverside

24,390

230,498

1,016

Orbit

24,060

233,990

460

London and Quadrant Housing Trust

23,229

360,802

12,828

Paddington Churches Housing Association

22,636

272,466

5,722

2003

North British Housing Ltd

44,962

689,399

1,799

Sanctuary Housing Association

35,763

498,300

6,100

Anchor Trust

35,057

170,369

-7,394

Home Group Limited

31,239

436,005

-3,486

Hyde Housing Association Limited

28,731

338,220

7,329

London and Quadrant Housing Trust

26,173

387,709

16,709

Home Housing Association Limited

25,197

0

0

Orbit Housing Association

24,093

243,567

-8,303

Riverside Housing

23,162

250,195

2,028

Paddington Churches Housing Association Ltd

23,029

288,785

7,507

2004

North British Housing Limited

46,683

695,705

2,818

Sanctuary Housing Association

35,565

515,200

68,82.3

Anchor Trust

34,918

191,634

43,288

Hyde Housing Association Limited

32,743

390,473

7,689

Home Group Limited

31,550

461,935

-7,245

London and Quadrant Housing Trust

26,770

472,625

16,825

Home Housing Association Limited

25,056

0

0

Riverside Housing

23,147

259,502

2,195

Orbit Housing Association

21,804

248,497

1,549

The Guinness Trust

21,213

353,519

1,611

2005

Home Group Limited

45,635

612,593

99,998

North British

42,336

712,166

1,483

Sanctuary

34,623

534,600

8,100

Wakefield And District

31,904

0

n/a

Hyde

30,958

427,912

8,404

Anchor Trust

30,253

197,550

30,787

London and Quadrant Housing Trust

26,393

511,349

19,917

Riverside

21,742

274,024

4,397

Guinness Trust

21,374

382,400

3,383

Metropolitan Housing Trust

18,107

496,659

12,739

2006

Home Group Limited

46,111

675,764

8,180

North British

43,140

748,431

7,802

Sanctuary

38,505

547,200

10,300

Wakefield and District

31,596

103,804

27,772

Anchor Trust (LH4095)

30,374

226,997

32,986

London and Quadrant Housing Trust

26,709

583,015

25,983

Hyde

23,827

502,431

5,131

Riverside

23,176

297,099

2,166

Guinness Trust

21,781

408,414

5,525

West Hampstead

20,620

148

5,932

Source:

Housing Corporation

For 2002 to 2004 Home Group appears twice owing to the unusual group structure in which the stock was owned by Home Group but managed by Home Housing Association.

In 2004 Wakefield and District Housing Limited was one of the largest 10 RSLs but had only recently transferred prior to the end of the financial year at31 March 2005.

Religious Organisations (Grants)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much her Department has provided in (a) grant and (b) non-repayable grant to (i) the Church of England, (ii) Islamic organisations and (iii) other religions in the past five years; who the recipients were of each grant; and what the amount of the grant was in each case. (97385)

[holding answer 30 October 2006]: There are a number of DCLG programmes where funding in the form of grants and non-repayable grants may ultimately reach the Church of England, Islamic organisations and other religions, but not exclusively so. Consequently the information requested is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Repossessions

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many house repossessions have occurred over the last 12 months. (99339)

Data on repossessions of dwellings are collected by the Council of Mortgage Lenders (CML) and published at UK level as Table AP4: Possessions of mortgage properties, on the CML's website at:

http://www.cml.org.uk/cml/statistics

According to these figures, 10,310 properties in the UK were repossessed in 2005, including those voluntarily surrendered by borrowers. This is less than 0.1 per cent. of the number of mortgaged properties at the end of the period. Figures below UK level are not published.

Safer and Stronger Communities Fund

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what funding has been made available for (a) England, (b) the West Midlands and (c) Stoke-on-Trent via the Safer and Stronger Communities Fund. (98581)

A total of £233.52 million has been made available through the Safer and Stronger Communities Fund for 2006-07.

The West Midlands region has a combined funding of £21.87 million for 2006-07.

The funding allocation for Stoke on Trent for 2006-07 is £2.07 million.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what steps she is taking to ensure that the areas which are most in need will benefit from the Safer and Stronger Communities Fund; and if she will make a statement. (98582)

The Safer and Stronger Communities Fund was introduced for all local authorities in England on 1 April 2005. The Fund was a new way of administering a number of Department for Communities and Local Government and Home Office funding streams that have a common theme; tackling crime, antisocial behaviour and, the harm caused by illegal drugs, improving the poor condition of public spaces, and improving the quality of life for people living in disadvantaged neighbourhoods where the issues are more prevalent.

The Safer and Stronger Communities Fund is designed to allow local partners more flexibility in deciding how programmes are delivered to local communities, and to reduce the bureaucracy associated with multiple funding streams. The Fund has been incorporated into the safer and stronger communities block of local area agreements.

School Playing Fields

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what changes have been made to (a) planning guidance, (b) circulars and (c) regulations relating to development of (i) current and (ii) former school playing fields since May 1997. (94568)

In December 1998, the Government published Environment Circular 09/98, which announced the introduction of a Direction under the Town and Country Planning (General Development Procedure) Order 1995. This Direction requires local planning authorities to notify the Secretary of State in cases where they propose to grant planning permission for development on a playing field where Sport England has made an objection, and allows the Secretary of State to decide whether the application should be called in or left to the local authority to determine.

In July 2002, the Government published Planning Policy Guidance 17 (PPG17) “Planning for Open Space, Sport and Recreation”. In addition to general policies designed to protect existing open spaces, sports and recreational buildings and land, PPG17 includes specific policies to prevent the development of playing fields unless strict criteria are met.

Special Protection Areas

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what plans she has to issue (a) a planning circular and (b) guidance in relation to Special Protection Areas. (94611)

In August 2005, the Government published Planning Policy Statement 9 (PPS9) “Biodiversity and Geological Conservation” together with a joint ODPM/Defra Circular “Biodiversity and Geological Conservation—Statutory obligations and their impact within the planning system” (ODPM 06/2005). A guide to good practice to accompany PPS9 was published in March 2006. Circular 06/2005 contains extensive administrative guidance on the application of the law relating to planning and nature conservation. It includes specific guidance on the procedures to be followed when considering plans and projects in and around internationally designated sites such as Special Protection Areas.

In addition in August 2006 my Department published a consultation paper “Planning for the Protection of European Sites: Appropriate Assessment—Guidance for Regional Spatial Strategies and Local Development Documents”. The final version of this guidance will accompany Schedule 1 of the amending Habitats Regulations due to come into force in February 2007. The amending regulations insert the requirement to carry out Appropriate Assessment (AA) of land use plans to ensure the protection of the integrity of European sites such as Special Protection Areas as part of the planning process at a regional and local level.

The Government currently have no plans to issue further guidance or circulars on these matters.

Travellers

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many permanent and temporary planning permissions for gypsy sites have been awarded since the Planning Circular 01/06 came into effect; and how many were issued during the equivalent period before the Circular was issued. (97450)

The following table shows the number and outcome of planning appeals determined by and on behalf of the Secretary of State since the publication of ODPM Planning Circular 01/06 and in the equivalent period prior to the publication of the Circular. The statistics shown as follows include enforcement appeals as well as planning appeals. All appeals have been counted separately even where appeals were linked and handled together. The Planning Inspectorate does not hold information on whether the permissions granted are permanent or temporary. The Department does not collect information on the numbers of permissions granted for gypsy and traveller sites by local planning authorities.

Permissions granted between 1 May 2005 and 1 February 2006 (pre publication of Circular 01/06)

Permissions granted between 2 February 2006 and 25 October 2006 (post publication of Circular 01/06)

Number of appeals during period

270

44

Number allowed (permission granted)

40

26

Number dismissed (permission refused)

230

18

Valuation Office Agency

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether double glazing is (a) a value significant and (b) dwellinghouse code property attribute in the Valuation Office Agency's Automated Valuation Model. (99554)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what proportion of domestic properties in England is classified by the Valuation Office Agency with a dwellinghouse code of (a) Heating: Y and (b) Heating: N. (99557)

The Valuation Office Agency (VOA) holds limited information about heating in domestic properties. For arriving at a banding for council tax purposes the presence or absence of heating would only be relevant in those comparatively rare cases where this would significantly affect the property's value. The Automated Valuation Model, developed for the (now postponed) 2007 revaluation, does not therefore treat the presence or absence of heating as a significant factor. The VOA's records provide for the recording of this information if it becomes available. At present fewer than 0.1 per cent. of properties are recorded as not having heating.

Waste Management

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what planning guidance her Department offers to local authorities on recycling facilities and their proximity to the origin of the materials recycled; and if she will make a statement. (97487)

Planning policy on the management of waste is set out in Planning Policy Statement 10: “Planning for Sustainable Waste Management (PPS10)”, published in July 2005. Practical guidance on the delivery of that policy is contained in its associated “Companion Guide”, published in June 2006. PPS10 requires all planning authorities to prepare and deliver planning strategies that help deliver sustainable development though driving waste management up the waste hierarchy, with a preference for reduction, re-use, recycling and composting, using waste as source of energy and, where these are not practicable, only looking to disposal as the last option to be considered. PPS10 requires that where disposal of waste has to take place planning authorities should enable this in one of the nearest appropriate installations. It also advises that when selecting sites suitable for waste management facilities, authorities should assess them against the capacity of existing and potential transport infrastructure to support the sustainable movement of waste, and products arising from resource recovery, seeking where practicable and beneficial to use modes other than road transport.

International Development

Air Pollution

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development (1) what steps the Government are taking to combat the damage to health caused by indoor air pollution in developing countries; (99098)

(2) what steps the Government have taken to combat the environmental causes of acute lower respiratory infection in children in the developing world.

The International Energy Agency estimates that about 2.4 billion people worldwide depend on traditional biomass such as charcoal, wood and straw to meet their daily household cooking and heating needs. This is often burnt inefficiently and is a source of indoor smoke pollution. It causes ill health, especially for women and children who tend to receive most exposure. The World Health Organisation estimates that 1.5 million deaths a year in developing countries are attributable to indoor smoke, with millions more suffering from chronic respiratory illness. Solutions include more efficient cooking stoves, cleaner fuels and proper ventilation. Changes in behaviour through better awareness of the dangers can also make a significant difference.

According to the World Health Organisation (WHO), air pollution and possibly second-hand tobacco smoke are to blame for an estimated 42 per cent. of lower respiratory infections in developing countries. The UK has pledged to increase its share for the Global Environmental Facility (GEF), providing approximately £140 million over the next four years. The GEF supports sustainable energy and transportation initiatives that reduce pollution.

However, lower respiratory infections in developing countries are mainly associated with indoor air pollution related largely to household solid fuel use. The International Energy Agency estimates that about 2.4 billion people worldwide depend on traditional biomass such as charcoal, wood and straw to meet their daily household cooking and heating needs. The smoke produced causes ill health, especially for women and children who tend to receive most exposure. Around 1.5 million deaths a year are in developing countries attributable to indoor smoke, with millions more suffering from chronic respiratory illness. The solutions include improved more efficient cooking stoves, cleaner fuels and proper ventilation. Changes in use behaviour through better awareness of the dangers can also make a significant difference.

DFID is the second largest contributor to the World Bank's Energy Sector Management Assistance Programme (ESMAP). We have made core contributions to ESMAP of £0.5 million in each of the last four years. In 2002, we agreed with the Bank that household fuel and health be taken up as a major theme. As a result, the programme has worked in five developing countries, looking at health impacts, improved cooking stoves and cleaner fuels. An example is DFID funding in 2002 of approximately £0.5 million for an ESMAP programme in four provinces in China on new stove and ventilation technologies.

The UK also supports the work of Practical Action (previously the Intermediate Technology Development Group), the Partnership on Clean Indoor Air (PCIA) and the Global Village Energy Partnership (GVEP). This includes programmes that aim to improve energy access and reduce the huge environmental costs of solid fuels.

Afghanistan

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development if he will assess the (a) effectiveness, (b) consistency and (c) social and economic impact of provincial reconstruction teams in Afghanistan. (98013)

There is no single model for the structure and activities of Provincial Reconstruction Teams (PRTs) in Afghanistan. This is largely due to the number of different nationalities involved in managing PRTs: there are currently 24 PRTs (25 as of 9 November when Turkey establishes itself in Wardak) involving 25 nations. Since the concept began in 2002, there has been limited strategic guidance from the Government of Afghanistan or the International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) as to the role or mandate of PRTs and individual nations have interpreted approaches independently. However, the recent expansion of ISAF has brought a considerable improvement in coherence and consistency, and regular PRT workshops have proven useful ways to share best practice and learn lessons.

In July 2005 DFID commissioned the King’s Fund to conduct a review of the UK’s involvement in Provincial Reconstruction Teams in Afghanistan. This review involved field visits to the PRTs in Bamyan, Jalalabad, Kandahar, and Mazar-e-Sharif, as well as extensive interviews in Kabul and Bagram Airbase. The review concluded that the sheer number of PRTs operating in Afghanistan made it hard to form a single conclusion on their effectiveness or impact. The review highlighted the variation in national interpretation, of the PRT mandate, with significant differentials in PRTs’ approaches to development, funding allocations, and combinations of civilian and military personnel. The Kings Fund highlighted that PRTs naturally adopt a different emphasis from each other, shaped by the political environment and the PRT internal institutional context.

ISAF has recently prepared a PRT Handbook which is undergoing final revision and has worked hard to enhance consistency across PRTs in future. We have contacted ISAF to find whether a broader assessment has been made on the social and economic impact of PRTs nationally. No such data is currently available.

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what (a) development projects and (b) non-governmental organisations activities the Department has ceased to fund since 2002 in Afghanistan. (98016)

The following table identifies projects funded by DFID in Afghanistan since 2002 that are now complete. Beside each project, there is list of project implementing partners, including non-governmental organisations (NGOs). Whether programmes or projects are directed through NGOs, the Government or multilateral, DFID funding contributions have come to an end when the programme/project reached completion stage as specified in the project contract.

Projects funded by DFID in Afghanistan since 2002 that are now complete, including NGOs

Project title

Purpose

Implementing partners—including NGOs

International Financial Institutions arrears clearance

To clear arrears with the International Financial Institutions incurred by the Afghan Government, in order to allow them to access further loans from these institutions

World Bank

Ministry of Finance/Central Bank Enhanced economic and financial management in Afghanistan

To help build the capacity and systems of the Ministry of Finance and Central bank for enhanced economic and financial management in Afghanistan

Ministry of Finance

Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency Fund

Support to the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency for the Afghanistan Investment Guarantee Facility (AIGF)

World Bank

Procurement Support for the AACA

Procurement support for the Afghanistan Authority for the co-ordination of Assistance (ACCA)

Afghanistan Authority for the Co-ordination of Assistance (Govt)

Bridging support for Tax Administration in Afghanistan

To provide bridging support for tax administration to the Afghan Transitional Government

Ministry of Finance

Budget Support to the Ministry of Health

Enhance the delivery of health services in Afghanistan by providing direct funding to the Ministry to enable it to begin managing its own resources and understanding the difficulties of resource allocation and budgeting

Ministry of Health

Support to Customs in Afghanistan

To provide four experienced customs officers to support the present Afghan customs advisers to implement manual customs cargo processing systems at Kabul airport and Kabul customs house

Ministry of Finance

Support to Statistical Office

The purpose of this mission is to assist the Central Statistical Office (CSO) in preparing a Strategy Plan for the whole statistical system in Afghanistan

Central Statistic Office

Counter Narcotics Trust Fund Budget

To set out a clear framework and to establish a Counter Narcotics Public Investment Programme (CN PIP) within the Government of Afghanistan’s Core Development Budget process for expenditure on Counter-Narcotics including through the Counter-Narcotics Trust Fund (CNTF)

United Nations Development Programme (UNDP)

IMF/WB Technical Assistance

To participate in an IMF/World Bank mission which scope the technical assistance requirements of the Afghan Central Bank

World Bank

Accelerating Budget Execution

To kick-start the mechanisms for the acceleration of the execution of the non-salary operating budget in Afghan provinces

Ministry of Finance

Public Expenditure Review

Support the World Bank Public expenditure review through provision of an expert who will conduct a Security Sector Public Expenditure Review

World Bank

Budget Process Adviser

The primary objective is to assist the Ministry of Finance in doing a gap analysis of the budget process with particular emphasis on budget preparation and execution

Ministry of Finance

Voter Registration

To support the UNDP voter registration process in Afghanistan

UNDP

Support to 2004 Afghan Elections

To support the planning and implementation of elections in Afghanistan

UNDP

Support to Afghanistan’s Parliamentary Elections

Support to UNDP and Afghan Civil Society Forum in their efforts to provide civic education for September 2005 elections

UNDP

Civic Education for Voter Registration Project

To support Swiss Peace in their efforts to provide civic education in preparation for the elections

Swiss Peace

Constitutional Review process

To develop a new constitution for Afghanistan

United Nations Assistance Mission in Afghanistan (UNAMA)

Constitutional Study

To identify the key issues underpinning Afghanistan’s constitutional and political development and to identify key policy options for the Afghan Transitional Administration and other members of the international community

UNAMA

DFID Support to Provincial Reconstruction Teams

To improve security in Afghanistan and to provide development assistance in the regions

UK Provincial Reconstruction Teams

Election monitoring

To improve the electoral process by monitoring it closely and making an independent assessment of the first presidential election of Afghanistan

Free and Fair Elections Foundation for Afghanistan (FEFA)

Ministerial Salaries

To design a system to ensure ATA ministers are paid salaries and expenses in a timely manner

Crown Agents/Ministry of Finance

Ministerial Expenses Support

To support the accommodation, security, travel and hospitality of Cabinet Ministers

Crown Agents/Ministry of Finance

Support to OAA and IARCSC

To provide interim capacity building support to the Office of Administrative Affairs and the Independent Administrative Reform Civil Service Commission in Afghanistan

Adam Smith Institute

Support to Afghanistan’s Parliamentary Elections

Support to UNDP and Afghan Civil Society Forum in their efforts to provide civic education for September2005 elections

UNDP and Afghan Civil Society Forum

Support to election register

To provide support to the UNDP plan to carry out election registration in Afghanistan

UNDP

Badakhshan, Integrated Rural Rehabilitation to Improve Livelihoods and Curb Poppy Cultivation

To provide support for sustainable economic and social incentives to make food production and off farm employment an attractive alternative to opium cultivation. The program is part of AKF’s larger integrated food security and social development strategy for Badakhshan

Aga Khan

Food security and health in poor rural settlements in Badakhshan, Konar and Ghor

To improve inter-district road access, strengthen local development management capacity, improve capacity, improve crop production and livestock health, improve mother and child health and raise awareness of gender and child rights

AfghanAid

Improving access to primary education in western Afghanistan

To reconstruct and rehabilitate primary schools. To provide accommodation for 16,200 children (over 50 per cent. girls) and employment opportunities for 300 teachers and 10 headmasters and the provision of stationery and textbooks

Ockenden International

Rehabilitation of Agriculture systems in Badakshan

To re-establish and strengthen food production capacity for reducing the poverty and vulnerability of farming communities affected by complex disasters over the last 20 years of the Afghan conflict

Aga Khan

ACTED—Rehabilitation of livelihoods in conflict affected areas, Kabul and Baghlan provinces

The rehabilitation of essential water supply and transport services, supporting the re-establishment of returnees by providing starter kits for housing construction and work opportunities for local people

ACTED

Afghanistan drought relief interventions and ongoing rehabilitation

To provide improved food security and living conditions for 12,600 vulnerable families of Takhar and Badakhshan provinces, and emergency winter shelter and assistance for 4,000 in East Kunduz and West Takhar provinces

TEARFUND

Relief to vulnerable families, Herat and Badghis

To meet the short-term humanitarian needs and address the medium-term livelihood needs of conflict and drought affected families in four districts of Badghis and Herat provinces

Christian Aid

Okenden International—Emergency Relief Assistance to IDPs in Badghis

To provide immediate relief to displaced families in Kushk-e-Kuna and ala Murghan through the supply of appropriate and targeted relief materials and foodstuffs

Okenden International

Vulnerable Family Food Assistance and Livelihood Restoration Programme

To provide 22,780 drought affected and vulnerable families with 50 kg of wheat per family per month over five months

Christian Aid

Solidarities-Seeds and Fertilizers’ Distribution to returnees of Bamyan Province

To increase agricultural production, to stabilise the returnees and initiate sustainable development through (1) helping 6,800 families of returnees from Bamyan and Saighan districts settle again by starting agricultural activities and (2) improving the yields obtained by farmers usually cultivating spring wheat through introduction of improved wheat seeds

Solidarities (NGO)

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what (a) staff and (b) funds his Department have committed to Helmand Province and Kandahar Province. (98905)

As part of the original UK Joint Plan for Helmand, DFID deployed one development adviser to work alongside other UK Government Departments in Helmand. In January 2007, DFID will fund and take responsibility for the quick impact project manager.

DFID has committed £4 million this financial year to the UK Global Conflict Prevention Pool (GCPP) funding allocation of £6.5 million for the delivery of quick impact projects (QIPS) in Helmand.

DFID has also funded the £30 million Helmand Agricultural Rural Development Programme (HARDP) which will run for three years.

Some of DFID’s other livelihoods programmes operate in Helmand. Through the £3 million DFID-funded Research into Alternative Livelihoods Fund (RALF), the Restorative Agriculture and Rural Economy Research Project, implemented by Mercy Corps, is working on export feasibility of grapes, tomatoes, mushrooms, eggplants and okra, and has made strong contacts with raisin importers (organic and fair-trade). The programme is evaluating at least 10 different small-scale agri-processing industries, and producing case studies of enterprises that prove to have value added, for example tomato paste.

We have not committed any funds specifically to Kandahar. A development adviser has been recruited to be based in Kandahar for 2007.

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development pursuant to the answer of 25 October 2006, Official Report, column 1887W, on Afghanistan, how many staff from his Department are based in Helmand Province to oversee the spending of the £37 million referred to; and what auditing procedures are in place to ensure value for money and transparency. (99041)

The UK Global Conflict Prevention Pool (GCPP) (referred to in answer, Official Report, column 1887W to which DFID has committed £4 million) is managed by the Helmand Executive Group, consisting of members of four UK Government Departments, with financial accountability resting with the Foreign and Commonwealth Office. The UK has deployed a Quick Impact Project Manager to Helmand to manage the GCPP financial systems on behalf of all Government Departments. DFID has deployed one Development Adviser to work alongside other Government Departments in Helmand province.

The £30 million committed to the Helmand Agricultural Rural Development Programme (HARDP) is implemented by the Government of Afghanistan. This is an important way of strengthening Government systems and building effective state institutions that will be able to continue to meet Afghanistan's development needs. This is managed by the three-person Livelihoods Team in Kabul, who work closely with the Ministry of Reconstruction and Rural Development (MRRD) and the Ministry of Finance in Kabul to ensure proper implementation. In the delivery of HARDP all procurement for services is undertaken by the Ministry of Reconstruction and Rural Development (MRRD) using recently adopted Government of Afghanistan procedures, which are based on World Bank procurement best practice. MRRD is responsible for identification, selection and appointment of Facilitating Partners. This is carried out through a competitive bidding process.

DFID funds are channelled through Crown Agents Financial Services Limited (CAFSL). The Ministry of Finance and MRRD will be required to provide annual audited statements by the Government of Afghanistan Auditor General, with copies to DFID. This will provide assurance that the funds are transferred for the purposes specified in the agreement with the Government of Afghanistan. The existing National Priority Programmes were set up following international accounting and auditing procedures, and there are oversight mechanisms already in place which will provide adequate reassurance that fiduciary risks are being managed.

Referring to the £3 million funding to the Research into Alternative Livelihoods Fund (RALF), this is similarly managed by DFID Afghanistan. Lead agencies implementing projects under RALF (i.e. Mercy Corps implementing the Restorative Agriculture and Rural Economy (RARE) Research Project in Helmand) account to the International Centre for Agriculture and Rural Research in the Dry Areas (ICARDA) on utilisation of project funds. ICARDA account for utilisation of programme funds (including funds allocated to individual projects) to DFID, reporting on a six monthly basis.

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development pursuant to the answer of 25 October 2006, Official Report, column 1887W, on Afghanistan, how many of the projects cited (a) have been completed, (b) are currently under way and (c) are yet to be undertaken. (99042)

Referring to the answer of 25 October 2006, Official Report, column 1887W, on Afghanistan, 12 projects have been completed, 40 are currently on-going and 7 are committed but yet to be undertaken.

The number of projects has increased to 59 since the answer of the 25 October.

Departmental Staff

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how many staff in his Department received bonus payments in each of the last five years for which information is available; what proportion of the total workforce they represented; what the total amount of bonuses paid has been; what the largest single payment was in each year; and if he will make a statement. (98519)

The following two tables give the number of non-pensionable bonuses awarded to DFID staff in the last four years (figures for 2001-02 are not available) with total cost in each year and the largest single payment in each year.

Non-pensionable bonuses awarded to DFID senior civil servants (SCS)

2002-03

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

Number of awards

27

57

68

65

Number of awards as a proportion of the number of DFID SCS staff (percentage)

43.5

73.1

79.1

77.3

Total cost (£)

85,051

189,500

266,750

377,100

Largest individual payment (£)

5,793.00

5,407

5,500

8,000

Non-pensionable bonuses awarded to DFID staff below SCS

2002-03

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

Number of awards

323

654

508

1,106

Number of awards as a proportion of the number of DFID HCS staff (percentage)

20.0

34.9

27.6

62.7

Total cost (£)

292,528

285,601

230,600

515,865

Largest individual payment (£)

1,715

1,100

1,150

1,150

Developing Countries (Health)

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what steps his Department has taken to address (a) underweight, (b) unsafe sex, (c) unsafe water and sanitation and (d) indoor air pollution in high-mortality countries. (99101)

Globally, around 800 million people do not get enough to eat. Malnutrition is a factor in over half the under-5 deaths in developing countries, 150 million children under 5 are underweight. More than 20 million low birth weight (LBW) babies are born each year. LBW babies are more likely to die in infancy, suffer from stunted growth, and ultimately suffer reduced working ability and earnings as adults.

DFID is working with developing countries and the international community to reduce hunger and improve livelihoods. One way to do this is through supporting programmes that help increase the amount and availability of food that people produce in poor countries. This increases the food supply and in turn lowers prices. This helps those very poor people who rely on the market to get access to cheaper food. Between 2004-05, the UK provided nearly £124 million in direct support to agriculture in poor countries. DFID is also working to improve child health by improving access to basic services such as health, education and water and sanitation, by promoting critical investment in infrastructure, such as clinics, clean water and market access roads.

340 million new cases of largely treatable sexually transmitted infections occur annually, 100 million of them among young people. 58 million people are infected with HIV. 20 million have died, and in sub-Saharan Africa it is the leading cause of death. Women and young people are particularly vulnerable. Fewer than one in five people at risk have access to prevention information. Improving sexual and reproductive health through improved information, services and commodity supplies is among the most cost-effective of all development investments and is central to DFID's strategy. It saves and improves lives, slows the spread of HIV and AIDS, reduces poverty and encourages gender equality. Changes in sexual behaviour through better awareness of the dangers can make a significant difference. DFID's "Taking Action" the UK strategy for tackling HIV and AIDS in the developing world commits the UK to an increase in our spending to at least £1.5 billion and offers financial and practical support to governments in improving treatment, care and prevention.

The DFID-supported Joint Monitoring Programme of September 2006, estimated that spending to achieve the water MDG target needs to increase by one third and needs to double to achieve the sanitation target. These figures mask huge regional variations, with Ethiopia needing to increase its efforts in water by a factor of 13.5; DRC by 4.8 and Mozambique by 3.3 if the target is to be reached.

This is why in the recent White paper, “Making governance work for the poor”, DFID committed to doubling our direct spending on water and sanitation in Africa to £95 million per year by 2007-08 and more than doubling again to £200 million per year by 2010-11. We are directly involved in seven African countries (Ethiopia, DRC, Malawi, Mozambique, Rwanda, Tanzania and Zambia), and through our funding of other agencies' programmes, including the World Bank, the EU and the African and Asian Development Banks, we reach many other countries.

We support the EU Water Initiative, which aims to make the aid provided by the EU member states more effective. EU member states provide the largest funding in the water sector to Africa. We also support the EU Water Facility, which through funding of €230 million aims to make drinking water available to an additional 10 million people and basic sanitation to 5 million by 2010.

The International Energy Agency estimates that about 2.4 billion people worldwide depend on traditional biomass such as charcoal, wood and straw to meet their daily household cooking and heating needs. This is often burnt inefficiently and is a source of indoor smoke pollution. It causes ill-health, especially for women and children who tend to receive most exposure. The World Health Organisation estimates that 1.5 million deaths a year in developing countries are attributable to indoor smoke, with millions more suffering from chronic respiratory illness. Solutions include improved more efficient cooking stoves, cleaner fuels and proper ventilation. Changes in behaviour through better awareness of the dangers can also make a significant difference.

DFID is the second largest contributor to the World Bank's Energy Sector Management Assistance Programme (ESMAP). We have made core contributions to ESMAP of £0.5 million in each of the last four years. In 2002, we agreed with the World Bank that household fuel and health be taken up as a major theme. As a result, the programme has worked in five developing countries, looking at health impacts, improved cooking stoves and cleaner fuels. An example is DFID funding in 2002 of approximately £0.5m for an ESMAP programme in four provinces in China on new stove and ventilation technologies.

The UK also supports the work of Practical Action (previously the Intermediate Technology Development Group), the Partnership on Clean Indoor Air (PCIA) and the Global Village Energy Partnership (GVEP). These include programmes that aim to improve energy access and reduce the huge environmental costs of solid fuels.

Economic Partnership Agreements

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what representations he has received from (a) African, Caribbean and Pacific Governments, (b) UK companies, (c) other companies, (d) corporate umbrella groups and (e) other European Governments with regard to economic partnership agreements. (98474)

Economic partnership agreements, (EPAs) are routinely discussed in meetings that DFID Ministers and senior officials have with representatives of African, Caribbean and Pacific Governments, with EU member states and with private sector representatives.

Infant Mortality

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what progress has been made towards Millennium Development Goal 4 on infant mortality; what steps his Department is taking to help meet the target; and if he will make a statement. (99099)

Many countries have succeeded in improving the health and well-being of children. However the number of children dying before their fifth birthday remains high. In 1980 an estimated 13 million children died each year; over two decades later in 2004 this figure had reduced to 10.5 million deaths in childhood. Unfortunately where least progress has been made is in saving the lives of newborns—40 per cent. of all childhood deaths take place in the first 28 days of life, and most of these in the first day or week of life. If current trends continue, Millennium Development Goal (MDG) 4 will not be achieved until 2045—over 30 years late.

Most child deaths are preventable and could be avoided by delivering basic services and supplies to families, young people and communities. For example: improving water supplies and sanitation; increasing the use of mosquito repellent bed nets to protect children from malaria; improving maternal health care, increasing emphasis on breastfeeding and improved nutrition and immunisation programmes. Improving access to basic health services requires that hospitals and health centres have well-trained doctors, nurses and midwives as well as the medicines and equipment to do their job.

The health of babies and children can also be improved by preventing HIV infection in girls and women and by making sure that HIV infected women have access to treatment and care in pregnancy, child birth and beyond. The UK Government’s view is that improving the health of children (MDG 4) goes hand in hand with improving the health of their mothers (MDG 5).

The UK wants to make faster progress towards both these MDGs. We are working with many countries, including India, Pakistan, Ethiopia and Nigeria to achieve this. In Kenya, DFID committed £19.6 million to a programme providing 11 million bed nets treated with insecticide. They will be available to over 75 per cent. of the vulnerable population by 2007-08, allowing them to sleep safely and free from malaria. It is estimated that the lives of 167,000 children will be saved as a result. In Bangladesh, maternal health is the first objective of a new US$ 4.3 billion health sector-wide programme which DFID is contributing £100 million over five years.

DFID also contributes to global projects such as the Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunisation (GAVI) which could save the lives of five million children by 2015, and a further five million after that as they are immunised. The UK has promised $2.6 billion (£1.3 billion).

IT Projects

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how many and what percentage of information technology projects undertaken by or for his Department since 2001 have been delivered (a) over budget, (b) after their original deadline, (c) on budget, (d) under budget, (e) on their original deadline and (f) ahead of their original deadline. (98598)

DFID has undertaken four major IT projects since 2001.

The Human Resource system had a projected supplier cost at tender of £1.18 million and was due to be implemented in 30 months. The first four modules were implemented in 36 months at a total supplier cost of £1.22 million.

The HR system project was superseded by an HR Transformation project which aims to radically change the way HR services are delivered and improve people management. The HR Transformation project was initiated in March 2005 and has a budget of £6.5 million. It is primarily a business change project but it includes enhancements to the existing HR system and a number of smaller IT enabled components. The planned completion date is March 2008. The project is currently on track to deliver to time and budget.

The contract for the Quest Electronic Document and Records Management project was signed in March 2004. The main rollout was originally estimated to be completed in December 2005. Detailed planning carried out in early 2005 led to a revised target date of March 2006, which was met. The projected supplier base cost at tender was £8.98 million. The projected total supplier cost is now £11.52 million, which includes implementation of a number of options available under the original contract but not included in the base cost.

The Aries Finance, Procurement and Reporting System, had a projected base supplier cost at tender of £11 million and is due to be implemented in 36 months. A number of additional cost options are available under the contract. The Aries project is currently on track to deliver to time and budget.

DFID has also undertaken a number of small IT related projects. However, our central records do not distinguish IT contracts, so provision of details for all of these projects would incur disproportionate costs.

Mineral Dependent Countries

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development (1) what recent discussions he has had on reducing levels of inequality in mineral dependent countries; and if he will make a statement; (92777)

(2) what assessment he has made of the effect of large-scale mining operations on women in developing countries; and what he considers to be the policy implications for his Department of this assessment;

(3) what steps he is taking to help ensure that the rights of indigenous people are protected in countries with large-scale mining operations.

DFID’s involvement in the assessment and management of the impacts of large-scale mining projects on all vulnerable groups—including women, children, indigenous peoples and the poor—is indirect. We aim to influence the development of the systems and procedures used by the international financial institutions, in which we are ‘shareholders’. They do invest directly in such projects.

DFID has not itself undertaken specific assessments on the impact of large-scale mining on women, indigenous peoples or equity in developing countries, but is working to ensure effective systems are in place internationally to do this.

We recognise that women, indigenous peoples and the poor can be disproportionately affected by negative social and environmental impacts of all scales of mining, large and small, and can be excluded from the economic benefits. As with any development, it is critical that the impacts on vulnerable groups are taken into account. We are working for this to be a routine requirement of mining project assessment and operating procedures.

DFID has contributed to the development of environmental and social safeguard policies and procedures being implemented by the World Bank and its private sector arm—the International Finance Corporation. This includes policies on environmental and social assessment and the involvement of indigenous peoples and others in decision making.

DFID has provided financial support and leadership for the work of the World Bank hosted Communities and Small scale Mining (CASM) initiative. The International Labour Organisation (ILO) estimates that women comprise up to 30 per cent. of the 13-20 million people directly engaged in small-scale, informal sector mining. They work predominantly in the hazardous mineral processing areas such as manual ore grinding, and use of mercury for gold extraction. CASM has provided grants for women’s projects, for example helping set up the African Women in Mining Network, and helping develop gender components of mainly World Bank projects in Mozambique, Uganda, Tanzania and Zambia. It has also supported workshops and conferences on women in mining, for example in Papua New Guinea, Philippines and Peru. It is now preparing guidance notes on managing gender issues in mining.

Tackling inequality is an integral part of our work in all countries. DFID is working with several mineral resource rich developing country partners (for example the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Nigeria, Angola, and Sierra Leone) addressing issues including economic diversification, fairer terms and conditions for mine workers, minerals sector governance, public-private sector alliances and generally enhancing the contribution of mineral resource exploitation to growth, poverty reduction and sustainable development.

Ministerial Travel

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development on how many occasions he has visited (a) Scotland, (b) Wales and (c) Northern Ireland in the last 12 months. (94957)

During the last 12 months I have visited Scotland on two occasions, 12 and 22/23 June and Wales on two occasions, 27 March and 4 October. I have not visited Northern Ireland. All ministerial visits are conducted in accordance with the Ministerial Code and Travel by Ministers.

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what steps he has taken to offset the carbon dioxide emissions caused by ministerial travel in his Department. (98734)

All central Government ministerial and official air travel is being offset from 1 April 2006. Departmental aviation emissions are calculated on an annual basis and subsequently offset through payments to a central fund. The fund purchases Certified Emissions Reductions credits from energy efficiency and renewable energy projects with sustainable development benefits, located in developing countries.

Emissions generated through road travel are not offset but have been reduced significantly as both myself and the Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State use a Toyota Prius, the lowest carbon-emitting petrol hybrid vehicle currently available.

Mosquitos

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how many mosquito nets were purchased by the UK for the developing world in each of the last 20 years; and which countries received such aid in each year. (95095)

DFID provides considerable support for the purchase and distribution of insecticide treated nets (ITNs) through a number of programme and health sector approaches, including budgetary support to developing countries. Information in the form requested is not held centrally by DFID, because our support for ITNs is usually provided as part of a larger package of measures to improve health and combat malaria.

DFID supports the World Health Organisation, the Roll Bank Malaria partnership, UNICEF and the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, TB and Malaria (GFATM), which all help finance the purchase and distribution of ITNs in developing countries. The UK has, for example, doubled its funding to the GFATM for 2006 and 2007 to £100 million annually, subject to performance. The GFATM has become a major source of funding for ITNs globally and expects to have financed the purchase of 109 million bed nets in its five funding rounds to date.

DFID’s bilateral programmes support countries to develop strong and sustainable health services that are able to scale-up the coverage of services including access to ITNs. In some countries, funding is provided as part of our overall support for poverty reduction and implementation of health sector plans. In such settings, it is not possible to attribute the number of nets to a particular donor. What we are interested in seeing is overall national increases in the distribution and use of bed nets, and many countries are making good progress in promoting ITN use.

DFID does provide direct support specifically for provision of ITNs in several countries. For example, In Kenya, DFID has committed £47.4 million for social marketing of ITNs, with the goal of reaching 60 per cent. coverage of children under five and 40 per cent. coverage of pregnant women by the end of 2007, by selling 11.1 million nets at highly subsidised and affordable prices.

In Ghana, our support has helped procure 1.8 million long-lasting insecticide treated nets through UNICEF for free distribution to children under two years of age as part of the November 2006 measles campaign. In Democratic Republic of Congo, one million nets have been distributed over a period of four years from 2003 to 2006.

In Malawi, delivery of ITNs is combined with other services. A nationwide programme has been in operation through antenatal services since 2002. More than 100,000 ITNs have been delivered every month since the programme began, and solid results achieved. ITN coverage of under-fives has risen from around 8 per cent. in 2000 to more than 60 per cent. in some districts in 2006.

In Tanzania ITNs are being rolled-out through a subsidised voucher scheme for pregnant women involving over 3,000 service delivery outlets. This is enabling more women to access ITNs, and is helping create more demand for local production.

All of these efforts are contributing to widespread use of ITNs as a vital element of the effort to combat malaria. DFID will continue to play a full part in supporting the wider availability and use of ITNs.

Tuberculosis

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what funding he has made available to (a) the Global Fund and (b) other medical bodies for research into new vaccines for TB. (98669)

DFID funding for the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, TB and Malaria is to support the scale-up of services, rather than research. DFID has doubled its pledge for 2006 and 2007 to £100 million annually, subject to performance. DFID currently supports the research and development of TB drugs and diagnostics through its funding to the World Health Organisation (WHO) Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases (TDR) and the public/private Product Development Partnership, the Global Alliance for TB Drug Development. TDR will receive £4.5 million over three yeas, from 2005 to 2008. The Global Alliance for TB Drug Development will receive £6.5 million from 2005 to 2008 for the development of new TB drugs.

UN Peacebuilding Commission

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what plans he has to encourage the UN Peacebuilding Commission to work more closely with civil society when helping countries that are emerging from conflict. (99144)

Since the creation of the Peacebuilding Commission (PBC) in December last year, the UK has repeatedly argued for meaningful participation of civil society in meetings of the PBC. Given civil society's important role in peacebuilding, we believe that regular links between the PBC, national governments and national civil society will be essential to the PBC's effectiveness.

While national civil society representatives were invited to speak at the first meetings of the PBC on Sierra Leone and Burundi on 12-13 October, the PBC has yet to agree formally on when, where and how they will participate. DFID and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office will continue to use every opportunity to influence other PBC members to agree to full civil society participation, both at the PBC meetings in New York and, importantly, in the PBC coordination meetings in Sierra Leone and Burundi. In parallel, we will also continue to lobby national governments in both countries to recognise the valuable contribution national civil society can make to building peace.

Work and Pensions

Benefits

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many unemployed able-bodied (a) male and (b) female workers aged (i) 20-29, (ii) 30-39, (iii) 40-49 and (iv) 50-59 years had their benefit disqualified for (A) two weeks, (B) four weeks, (C) 13 weeks and (D) 26 weeks in the last 12 months; and what the equivalent figures were in 2001-02. (98914)

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what his policy is on the pursuance by the Benefit Fraud Hotline of fraud allegations in cases where the informant does not know the exact postal address of the person against whom the allegation is being made. (98293)

National Benefit Fraud Hotline (NBFH) operators are trained to take as much detail as possible from callers to establish the identity of the person against whom an allegation is made.

Operators would not refuse to take details of an allegation if the full address is not known as the caller may have alternative information, such as details of an employer, to enable investigators to trace suspected individuals. If only a partial address is known, NBFH operators can undertake a search to trace a full address.

In all cases, allegations are referred to the Fraud Investigation Service for consideration of investigation.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what action he is taking to improve reporting of (a) reconsideration decisions, (b) revisions, (c) appeals and (d) the recovery of overpayments due to departmental error. (91701)

Statistical information on the different aspects of decision making is gathered and collated on a daily basis. The Department is determined to ensure that when reported the information is accurate and credible. When last reported, in the Secretary of State's report on the standards of decision making in the Agencies in 2002 and 2003, the Comptroller and Auditor General raised concerns about the aspects of decision making referred to in the question. These concerns related in the main to the validation of the published figures. The Department is considering how best it can make the necessary improvements.

A new computer system has recently been introduced in the Department's Debt Management organisation to improve the management, recording and accounting of overpayments and their recovery.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people received industrial injuries benefits in each of the last five years; how many received (a) industrial injuries disablement benefit, (b) reduced earnings allowance and (c) retirement allowance; how much was paid in industrial injuries benefits in each year in each case; and how much was spent on administration of such benefits in each year in each case, broken down by (i) employee costs, (ii) IS/IT costs and (iii) other costs. (92111)

The available information is in the following tables.

Recipients of industrial injuries benefits in Great Britain at December each year

Total

IIDB only

REA only

RA only

IIDB and REA

IIDB and RA

Unknown

2001

341,220

196,590

49,260

27,370

42,680

25,310

20

2002

342,390

198,980

47,950

28,420

40,390

26,640

20

2003

341,910

201,130

45,830

29,420

37,790

27,720

20

2004

341,010

203,260

43,280

30,270

35,480

28,710

10

2005

338,970

204,230

41,100

30,930

33,150

29,540

20

Notes:1. IIDB = Industrial Injuries Disablement Benefit. 2. REA = Reduced Earnings Allowance. 3. RA = Retirement Allowance. 4. Figures have been rounded to the nearest 10. Source:Information Directorate, Industrial Injuries Computer System, 100 per cent. data.

Industrial injuries benefits, out-turn expenditure, Great Britain

£ million (cash terms)

2001-02

2002-03

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

Industrial Injuries Disablement Benefit

495

486

496

515

521

Reduced Earnings Allowance

201

214

204

199

191

Retirement Allowance

31

33

37

40

42

Total

727

733

737

754

754

Notes:1. Figures are estimated by apportioning the out-turn total spending on all industrial disablement benefits using sample data on the number of assessments paid as IIDB, REA and RA. 2. The figures for total out-turn spending on all industrial disablement benefits are consistent with Table 3 published on the internet at http://www.dwp.gov.uk/asd/asd4/Table3.xls

The Department accounts for its administrative expenditure by strategic objective as set out in its public service agreements (PSA) and by individual requests for resources (RfRs) as set out in the departmental estimates and accounts, and not by benefit. Information on administrative expenditure by strategic objective is available in the annually published departmental report, copies of which are available in the Library.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people are receiving the (a) carer’s allowance, (b) higher rate of attendance allowance and (c) pension credit in (i) Chorley and (ii) each constituency in Lancashire. (96881)

The information requested is in the following table:

Carer’s allowance, higher-rate attendance allowance, and pension credit: numbers of recipients in each constituency in Lancashire at February 2006

Constituency

1Carer’s allowance

2Higher rate attendance allowance

1Pension credit

Blackburn

1,410

1,800

5,730

Blackpool North and Fleetwood

970

2,100

6,580

Blackpool South

1,050

1,700

6,840

Burnley

820

1,500

5,120

Chorley

630

1,300

4,060

Fylde

620

2,000

4,220

Hyndburn

880

2,000

5,000

Lancaster and Wyre

580

1,700

4,130

Morecambe and Lunesdale

770

1,400

5,180

Pendle

900

1,300

4,660

Preston

1,030

1,400

5,210

Ribble Valley

440

1,600

3,000

Rossendale and Darwen

760

1,500

4,420

South Ribble

640

1,500

3,670

West Lancashire

890

1,200

4,840

Sources:

1 DWP Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study. Figures are rounded to the nearest 10.

2 DWP 5 per cent. sample data. Figures are rounded to the nearest 100.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) what the cost of the Benefit Simplification Unit was in each year since its establishment; (77982)

(2) what the key performance targets are for the Benefit Simplification Unit; and if he will make a statement;

(3) when the Benefit Simplification Unit was established; what publications it has produced; and what assessment he has made of its performance against its objectives;

(4) what the key performance indicators are for the Benefit Simplification Unit;

(5) what the total (a) set-up and (b) running costs have been of the Benefit Simplification Unit.

We announced the setting up of a dedicated benefit simplification unit on 7 December 2005, at the Public Accounts Committee (PAC) hearing into the National Audit Office report "Dealing with the complexity of the benefit system", published on 18 November 2005.

The unit's role is to act as a catalyst in driving forward simplification across the benefits system, by challenging existing complexity and ensuring that the need to bear down on complexity is at the heart of future benefit design and delivery. As a first step, the unit published "Simplification: Guide to Best Practice" on 4 May 2006. Copies have been placed in the Library. The unit is now working to help embed best practice and over the summer has run a series of roadshows to raise awareness of the simplification agenda across the Department.

Progress on simplification will be reported on annually in the departmental report, and the effectiveness of the unit will be reflected in the extent to which key performance indicators are met across the Department, where these indicators are partly dependent on the complexity of the system. The unit is also looking at whether it is possible to produce a reliable set of indicators to measure future progress.

The unit was fully staffed by the end of July 2006 (including a secondee from Citizens Advice). There were no specific setup costs, as permanent staff were drawn from within the Department. Total running costs over the period January 2006 to September 2006 were £207,000.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions pursuant to his Answer of 27 March 2006, Official Report, column 717W, on benefits, what consultations his Department has undertaken to inform its ongoing review of the non-dependant deduction regime; and if he will make a statement. (97005)

The Government published the Welfare Reform Green Paper “A New Deal for Welfare; Empowering People to Work” (Cm 6730) which invited comments on the housing benefit scheme in general on 24 January. Although there was no specific reference to non-dependent deduction in the Green Paper, over 600 individuals and organisations gave their views in the consultation period. Of these, 11 specifically made a reference to non-dependent deductions. The Government response, “A New Deal for Welfare: Empowering People to Work. Consultation Report” (Cm 6859) was published on 19 June 2006.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people in each constituency in Scotland receive the (a) carer’s allowance, (b) higher rate of attendance allowance, (c) pension credit and (d) child benefit. (96260)

The information requested is in the following table:

Carer’s allowance, higher-rate attendance allowance, pension credit and child benefit: numbers1 of recipients in each constituency in Scotland as at February 2006

Constituency

2Carer’s allowance

2Pension credit

3Higher rate attendance allowance

4Child benefit

Aberdeen, North

560

4,800

1,400

8,860

Aberdeen, South

330

3,250

900

8,650

Airdrie and Shotts

910

5,380

1,200

10,940

Angus

650

4,920

1,400

9,770

Argyll and Bute

590

4,820

1,400

9,780

Ayr, Carrick and Cumnock

1,130

5,750

1,500

11,040

Banff and Buchan

770

4,660

1,200

10,250

Berwickshire, Roxburgh and Selkirk

590

5,280

1,300

10,200

Caithness, Sutherland and Easter Ross

670

3,510

1,000

6,950

Central Ayrshire

820

5,140

1,500

10,690

Coatbridge, Chryston and Bellshill

910

6,060

1,700

12,110

Cumbernauld, Kilsyth and Kirkintilloch, East

670

4,330

1,700

11,600

Dumfries and Galloway

990

5,750

1,400

10,790

Dumfriesshire, Clydesdale and Tweeddale

670

4,560

1,400

9,690

Dundee, East

730

4,590

1,700

10,310

Dundee, West

770

6,020

1,700

9,510

Dunfermline and West Fife

660

3,290

900

11,860

East Dunbartonshire

370

2,470

1,300

10,040

East Kilbride, Strathaven and Lesmahagow

730

5,130

1,600

12,660

East Lothian

680

4,640

1,800

11,490

East Renfrewshire

520

3,070

1,400

11,470

Edinburgh, East

650

4,490

800

8,230

Edinburgh, North and Leith

490

3,570

1,000

8,070

Edinburgh, South

450

2,730

800

8,590

Edinburgh, South West

580

3,320

1,200

9,580

Edinburgh, West

570

3,350

1,100

10,200

Falkirk

930

5,610

1,300

12,840

Glasgow, Central

870

6,530

1,200

7,060

Glasgow, East

1,450

7,900

2,200

12,040

Glasgow, North

510

4,170

1,000

6,110

Glasgow, North East

1,320

8,770

1,500

10,550

Glasgow North West

1,080

6,490

1,800

9,470

Glasgow, South

850

5,580

1,100

10,290

Glasgow, South West

1,100

7,140

1,700

10,830

Glenrothes

1,040

4,990

1,100

11,320

Gordon

390

2,820

1,000

11,280

Inverclyde

830

5,960

1,600

10,480

Inverness, Nairn, Badenoch and Strathspey

600

4,060

1,300

10,740

Kilmarnock and Loudoun

1,010

6,090

1,500

11,810

Kirkcaldy and Cowdenbeath

880

5,120

1,400

11,220

Lanark and Hamilton, East

930

5,830

1,600

11,410

Linlithgow and East Falkirk

880

5,470

1,500

13,110

Livingston

920

4,550

1,200

14,560

Midlothian

660

3,570

1,300

10,040

Moray

670

4,170

1,100

10,410

Motherwell and Wishaw

980

6,150

1,900

11,520

Na h-Eileanan an lar

210

2,510

400

2,870

North Ayrshire and Arran

940

5,670

1,600

11,590

North East Fife

440

3,220

1,000

8,180

Ochil and South Perthshire

750

4,350

1,200

11,540

Orkney and Shetland

230

1,960

600

4,860

Paisley and Renfrewshire, North

650

4,420

1,400

11,260

Paisley and Renfrewshire, South

680

5,670

1,200

10,420

Perth and North Perthshire

650

4,580

2,000

10,280

Ross, Skye and Lochaber

490

3,440

1,200

7,370

Rutherglen and Hamilton, West

1,090

6,810

1,900

12,740

Stirling

610

3,600

1,500

10,050

West Aberdeenshire and Kincardine

350

2,510

1,000

10,880

West Dunbartonshire

1,070

6,760

1,900

11,810

1 Figures are rounded to the nearest 10.

2 Source: DWP Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study.

3 Source: DWP 5 per cent. sample data, rounded to the nearest 100.

4 AA figures are rounded to the nearest 100.

5 Figures are for August 2005.

Source:

HMRC published statistics

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions if he will make a statement on the discontinuation of the benefits reprocessing payments programme, with reference to (a) aborted investment costs and (b) replacement provision of information technology. (92455)

The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Lesley Strathie. I have asked her to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Lesley Strathie:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your question about the discontinuation of the Benefit Processing Replacement Programme (BPRP), with reference to (a) aborted investment costs and (b) replacement provision of information. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

Press estimates of the expenditure on the BPRP have considerably overstated the loss to public funds, because a significant proportion of its output to date is capable of being recycled. We are currently establishing the scope for re-use of components and the value of other assets acquired.

Having formally closed the BPR Programme, we are currently undertaking a major planning exercise to support the delivery of the proposed Employment and Support Allowance. This will focus on the deployment of components of BPRP, existing legacy IT systems and proven technology from across the Department.

I hope this is helpful.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many administrative changes there have been to housing benefit since 1997; and if he will make a statement. (90400)

The information could be obtained only at disproportionate cost as detailed records of administrative changes are not collated centrally.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what his estimate is of the value of all unclaimed benefits for each year since 1996-97; and if he will make a statement. (78157)

Information relating to unclaimed benefits is only available for the following income-related benefits: income support (IS), minimum income guarantee (MIG), pension credit (PC), housing benefit (HB), council tax benefit (CTB), income-based jobseeker's allowance (JSA-IB) and family credit (FC). Estimates for individual benefits are published in the “Income Related Benefits Estimates of Take-up” series; copies are available in the Library. Information on other benefits is not available.

Carers

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many carers for dependants other than children have been working less than 30 hours a week in each year since 1997. (92682)

It is not possible to provide data for all the years requested. In 2004-05, 53 per cent. of carers looking after an adult were in employment. Of those in employment, 35 per cent. were working less than 30 hours per week.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people were in receipt of carer’s allowance in each of the last three years. (94381)

The requested information is in the following table.

Carer’s allowance—number of recipients at 28 February in each of the years from 2004 to 2006

Number of people receiving carer’s allowance1

2004

412,120

2005

436,940

2006

452,540

1 Figures are rounded to the nearest 10 Source: Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study (WPLS)

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) how many people in receipt of carer’s allowance work part-time; (94382)

(2) how many people in receipt of carer’s allowance and working part-time are receiving the minimum wage;

(3) how many people he estimates will no longer be entitled to carer’s allowance following the most recent increase in the minimum wage.

Child Support Agency

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) what instructions Ministers in his Department gave to staff at the Child Support Agency during 2005-06 in relation to investigating the writing off of Child Support Agency arrears; and if he will make a statement; (97199)

(2) what plans he has to write off uncollected Child Support Agency maintenance arrears; and if he will make a statement.

[holding answer 26 October 2006]: The hon. Member for Yeovil is referred to paragraph 58 of the Government’s response to Sir David Henshaw: “A fresh start: child support redesign”. This can be found on the internet at www.dwp.gov.uk.

Correspondence

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions when the chief executive of Jobcentre Plus plans to reply to the letter of 23 May 2006 from the hon. Member for Aylesbury on the case of Mr. G. D. of Aylesbury, acknowledged by his Department on 31 May 2006, reference POS(7)10353/0116. (99848)

Crisis Loans

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) how many calls were received by Crisis Loans Direct helpline on average per day over the last 12 months of operation; what hours the lines are staffed; how many (a) lines and (b) answering staff there are; and whether information is collected on (i) aborted calls to that number, (ii) the number of calls made by each applicant and (iii) the time waited by each applicant before receiving a reply; (98896)

(2) how many applications for crisis loans were made in each local office for which he is responsible in (a) the Isle of Wight and (b) Hampshire in 2005-06; how many payments were agreed; and how many awards were made in each decile of payments by value.

[holding answer 2 November 2006]: The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus, Lesley Strathie. I have asked her to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Lesley Strathie:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your question asking how many calls were received by Crisis Loans Direct helpline on average per day over the last 12 months of operation; what hours the lines are staffed; how many (a) lines and (b) answering staff there are; and what information is collected on (i) aborted calls to that number, (ii) the number of calls made by each applicant and (iii) the time waited by each applicant before receiving a reply. You also asked how many applications for crisis loans were made in each local office for which you are responsible in (a) the Isle of Wight and (b) Hampshire in 2005-06; how many payments were agreed; and how many awards were made in each decile of payments by value.

Jobcentre Plus does not have a national Crisis Loan helpline and therefore the information you have requested about the helpline is not available.

There were 76,283 applications for Crisis Loans within the Jobcentre Plus district of Hampshire and the Isle of Wight from 1 January 2005 to 24 October 2006. We cannot break these figures down between Hampshire and the Isle of Wight. Information about the numbers of payments agreed and the monetary value of the payments is only available on individual customer records and could only be gathered at disproportionate cost.

I can tell you that the centre that deals with Crisis Loan applications for Hampshire and the Isle of Wight operates telephone lines between 08:30 to 15:30 Monday, Tuesday, Thursday and Friday and 10:00 to 15:30 on Wednesdays, there are 53 telephone lines staffed by 56 people.

Departmental Expenditure

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what expenditure his Department is incurring over the period 2002 to 2010 in relation to the plans for a national identity card; and if he will make a statement. (96120)

The information is not available; costs in relation to plans for a national identity card cannot be disaggregated from other ongoing Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) initiatives.

The Home Office have the lead on the identity card scheme. We anticipate that more information on the detail of the scheme will become available as the Home Office move into the procurement phase. This will provide the information we need to fully assess the impacts on DWP business processes and supporting information technology systems.

Departmental IT

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions which of his Department's databases are (a) wholly and (b) partly operated by external organisations or individuals; and which organisations and individuals own those databases. (97783)

All the Department’s major IT systems are operated by external organisations. The majority are operated by Electronic Data Services (EDS), with a few being operated by Fujitsu and British Telecom (BT).

In this context “operated” means that the IT service is provided, technically maintained and located at the external organisation’s premises.

The data are wholly owned by the Department.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions which databases operated by his Department are located (a) wholly and (b) partly outside the UK; and where each of those databases and parts of databases is located. (97784)

Disability Discrimination Acts

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what estimate he has made of the number of (a) public houses, (b) bars and (c) restaurants in (i) Greater London and (ii) England which will be compliant with the Disability Discrimination Acts by the end of 2006. (96243)

[holding answer 23 October 2006]: No estimates have been made as the Disability Discrimination Act does not set objective standards of compliance against which implementation may be measured. Instead, the Act requires service providers to make reasonable adjustments to enable disabled people to access their services. What is reasonable for a particular service provider will depend on all the circumstances of the individual case. Factors such as the cost of the adjustment, its practicability, and the extent of the service provider’s financial and other resources may all be taken into account in determining what is reasonable.

However, the Department has undertaken a series of research projects to monitor how employers and service providers are responding to their duties under the Act. Research from 20031 looked at organisations’ preparations for the 2004 duties requiring service providers to make reasonable adjustments; this found that over 70 per cent. of organisations had made adjustments to assist disabled customers. At the turn of the year we will be publishing new research on organisations’ responses to the DDA which will include an updated look at adjustments made for disabled customers by service providers.

1 Disability in the workplace: Employers’ and service providers’ responses to the Disability Discrimination Act in 2003 and preparation for 2004 changes.

Disability Living Allowance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many disability living allowance claimants had been diagnosed with cancer in each year between 2000-01 and 2004-05. (91570)

Information is not available in the format requested. The information that is available is in the table.

Disability living allowance: number of recipients at February in each of the years from 2001 to 2005 whose main disabling condition was recorded as "malignant disease"1

Numbers of DLA recipients

February

2001

50,500

2002

54,400

2003

55,410

2004

58,190

2005

61,400

1 “Malignant disease” includes all forms of cancer including carcinoma and leukaemia.

Notes:

1.Figures are rounded to the nearest 10 and exclude cases where payment of the benefit has been suspended because, for example, the disabled person is in hospital. 2. Where the recipient has more than one disability, only the main disabling condition which gives rise to entitlement to the benefit is recorded. Where the recipient is receiving both the DLA care and mobility components, it is the main disabling condition which gave rise to entitlement to the mobility component which is recorded. Source: DWP Information Directorate: Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study 100 per cent. data.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many (a) men and (b) women in each constituency in Scotland receive the care component higher rate of disability living allowance. (95752)

The administration of disability living allowance is a matter for the chief executive of the Disability and Carers Service, Mr. Terry Moran. He will write to my hon. Friend with the information required.

Letter from Terry Moran:

You asked the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions, how many (a) men and (b) women receive the care component higher rate of disability living allowance in each constituency in Scotland.

The Minister for Disabled People, Anne McGuire MP, promised you a substantive reply from the Chief Executive of the Disability and Carers Service.

The information available is in the attached annex.

I hope this is helpful

Annex: Disability living allowance—cases in payment case load (thousands): Gender of claimant by parliamentary constituency of claimant (Westminster) with highest rate care award

Parliamentary constituency of claimant (Westminster boundaries—2005 onwards)

Case load (thousands) male

Case load (thousands) female

Aberdeen North

0.51

0.53

Aberdeen South

0.31

0.29

Airdrie and Shotts

0.80

0.97

Angus

0.48

0.51

Argyll and Bute

0.50

0.54

Ayr, Carrick and Cumnock

0.79

0.81

Banff and Buchan

0.60

0.56

Berwickshire, Roxburgh and Selkirk

0.49

0.47

Caithness, Sutherland and Easter Ross

0.41

0.39

Central Ayrshire

0.60

0.67

Coatbridge, Chryston and Bellshill

0.81

0.96

Cumbernauld, Kilsyth and Kirkintilloch East

0.60

0.71

Dumfries and Galloway

0.68

0.74

Dumfriesshire, Clydesdale and Tweeddale

0.48

0.48

Dundee East

0.55

0.63

Dundee West

0.66

0.75

Dunfermline and West Fife

0.52

0.56

East Dunbartonshire

0.37

0.41

East Kilbride, Strathaven and Lesmahagow

0.61

0.62

East Lothian

0.57

0.59

East Renfrewshire

0.43

0.50

Edinburgh East

0.65

0.68

Edinburgh North and Leith

0.43

0.47

Edinburgh South

0.39

0.36

Edinburgh South West

0.52

0.45

Edinburgh West

0.43

0.47

Falkirk

0.68

0.76

Glasgow Central

0.74

0.75

Glasgow East

1.02

1.19

Glasgow North

0.48

0.48

Glasgow North East

0.97

1.10

Glasgow North West

0.87

0.94

Glasgow South

0.70

0.68

Glasgow South West

0.81

0.97

Glenrothes

0.68

0.71

Gordon

0.35

0.31

Inverclyde

0.66

0.65

Inverness, Nairn, Badenoch and Strathspey

0.52

0.54

Kilmarnock and Loudoun

0.68

0.72

Kirkcaldy and Cowdenbeath

0.56

0.59

Lanark and Hamilton East

0.79

0.89

Linlithgow and East Falkirk

0.68

0.75

Livingston

0.74

0.80

Midlothian

0.53

0.57

Moray

0.45

0.45

Motherwell and Wishaw

0.76

0.85

Na h-Eileanen an Iar

0.14

0.13

North Ayrshire and Arran

0.65

0.70

North East Fife

0.34

0.33

Ochil and South Perthshire

0.56

0.62

Orkney and Shetland

0.22

0.18

Paisley and Renfrewshire North

0.61

0.71

Paisley and Renfrewshire South

0.61

0.67

Perth and North Perthshire

0.51

0.57

Ross, Skye and Lochaber

0.33

0.37

Rutherglen and Hamilton West

0.83

1.02

Stirling

0.55

0.55

West Aberdeenshire and Kincardine

0.28

0.28

West Dunbartonshire

0.77

0.84

Notes: 1. Case load (thousands): Totals show the number of people in receipt of an allowance, and exclude people with entitlement where payment has been suspended, for example if they are in hospital. 2. Parliamentary constituency of claimant (Westminster): These constituencies are used for the Westminster Parliament. For the May 2005 general election, the constituencies in Scotland changed. These constituencies are included in the table from May 2005 onward. Definitions and conventions: Case load figures are rounded to the nearest 10. Source: DWP Information Directorate: Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many (a) men and (b) women in each constituency in the East Midlands receive the care component higher rate of disability living allowance. (96952)

The administration of Disability Living Allowance is a matter for the chief executive of the Disability and Carers Service, Mr. Terry Moran. He will write to the hon. Member with the information required.

Letter from Terry Moran,:

You asked the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many (a) men and (b) women receive the care component higher rate of disability living allowance in each constituency in the East Midlands.

The Minister for Disabled People, Anne McGuire MP, promised you a substantive reply from the Chief Executive of the Disability and Carers Service.

The information available is in the attached annex.

I hope this is helpful.

Annex: disability living allowance cases in payment caseload: gender of claimant by parliamentary constituency of claimant (Westminster) with highest rate care awardParliamentary constituency of claimant (Westminster boundaries 2005 onwards)FemaleMaleAmber Valley570500Ashfield600630Bassetlaw580590Blaby350350Bolsover700690Boston and Skegness590550Bosworth380370Broxtowe460370Charnwood350290Chesterfield630650Corby500470 Daventry350330Derby North470510Derby South690660Erewash510470Gainsborough440440Gedling380420Grantham and Stamford400410Harborough360300High Peak450420Kettering370380Leicester East570490Leicester South560540Leicester West520560Lincoln460530Loughborough310300Louth and Horncastle720740Mansfield650610Newark420410North East Derbyshire530510North West Leicestershire420380Northampton North410450Northampton South430470Nottingham East580620Nottingham North760780Nottingham South530510Rushcliffe380340Rutland and Melton250270Sherwood570590Sleaford and North Hykeham470470South Derbyshire540620South Holland and The Deepings450400Wellingborough430420West Derbyshire360330Definitions and conventions:1. Caseload are rounded to the nearest 10; some additional disclosure control has also been applied.2. The boundaries of parliamentary constituencies do not correspond exactly to Government office regions (GORs).Source:DWP Information Directorate: Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many former British servicemen and women who became amputees while on active service are in receipt of disability living allowance. (98911)

EU Enlargement

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what assessment he has made of the effect of EC Regulation 1408/71 on the UK benefit system since the EU accession in May 2004; and what he expects the effect on the benefit system to be when Bulgaria and Romania join the EU. (98123)

EEC Regulation 1408/71 co-ordinates the social security systems of member states for people who move within the European economic area. It prohibits discrimination on grounds of nationality; provides that contributions for benefits for sickness, invalidity, unemployment and retirement made in one member state may be taken into account to help satisfy the entitlement conditions in another; and determines which state is responsible for the payment of benefits. Income-related benefits, such as income support, are not paid to people who move permanently to other member states.

There is no indication of any major impact as a result of this Regulation on DWP administered benefits since EU enlargement in 2004. We would expect the same to be the case after Bulgaria and Romania join the EU.

Health and Safety (Education Establishments)

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what research he has commissioned to determine how many over three-day injuries are not reported by young people injured on practical vocational training within educational establishments; and if he will make a statement. (98061)

The Department has not commissioned any such research. Over-three-day injuries to young people injured while undertaking practical vocational training within educational establishments are not reportable under the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations (RIDDOR) 1995.

Within such establishments, incidents that result in certain specified major injuries are, however, reportable under RIDDOR. We are aware that under-reporting is generally a problem. The Health and Safety Executive is therefore simplifying publicity material and guidance to make it clearer that reporting is easy to do simply by calling the national incident contact centre.

Jobseeker's Allowance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what action can be taken to stop jobseeker's allowance being paid to people serving prison sentences. (91975)

There are robust processes in place for preventing jobseeker's allowance overpayments to prisoners. However, where jobseeker's allowance overpayments do occur, the data that we receive from the Prison Service identify those who have failed to notify us that they have been committed to prison. We then take action to stop benefit and recover the overpayment.

Local Housing Allowance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what estimates his Department has made of the impact of changing the size criteria for determining the local housing allowance to one based solely on bedroom entitlement on (a) the percentage of claimants facing a shortfall between their eligible and contractual rent and (b) the average size of that shortfall. (96138)

Any shortfall between the local housing allowance and contractual rent at the time of national roll-out of the local housing allowance will depend on the trends in local rent levels and the accommodation choices made by tenants. The trends in local rent levels up to the point of national roll-out are currently hard to predict and local housing allowance rates will vary across local private rent sector markets and different sizes of property.

However, given the information currently available, we estimate the bedroom-only size criteria could result in losses of around two a week for small households, while three quarters of larger households are estimated to gain from the new size criteria.

Maternity Pay

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the level of statutory maternity pay was in each of the last 30 years at today's prices. (93471)

Statutory maternity pay was introduced in 1987. Since its inception, the first six weeks have been payable at 90 per cent. of the women's average weekly earnings, with no upper limit. Between 1987 and 5 April 2003 this was followed by a flat rate for the remainder of her maternity pay period. From 6 April 2003, the remainder of the maternity pay period is paid at the lesser of the flat rate or 90 per cent. of her average weekly earnings. The standard rates, together with the equivalent at 2005-06 prices, are in the table.

Rates of statutory maternity pay (SMP since 1987 and equivalent in 2005-06 prices)

£

Standard SMP rate

Rate at 2005-06 prices

1987

32.85

61.30

1988

34.25

59.75

1989

36.25

59.02

1990

39.25

59.25

1991

44.50

63.30

1992

46.30

63.81

1993

47.95

64.40

1994 (part)1

48.80

64.57

1994 (part)1

52.50

69.47

1995

52.50

67.42

1996

54.55

67.77

1997

55.70

67.24

1998

57.70

67.93

1999

59.55

68.72

2000

60.20

68.50

2001

62.20

69.14

2002

75.00

80.86

2003

100.00

104.71

2004

102.80

104.75

2005

106.00

106.00

2006

108.85

108.85

1 SMP rate increased for women with an expected week of confinement of 16 October 1994 or later.

Ministerial Visits

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions on how many occasions he has visited (a) Scotland and (b) Wales in the last 12 months. (95010)

The previous Secretary of State visited Scotland on 18 October 2005. The current Secretary of State has visited Scotland twice, on 17 November 2005 and 9 March 2006. The Secretary of State is due to visit Wales later this year.

All ministerial visits are conducted in accordance with the Ministerial Code and Travel by Ministers.

Pensioners

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions if he will estimate the value at 2006 prices of the 25 pence age addition for those aged 80 years old and over introduced in 1971. (98879)

If the 25p was uprated by the retail prices index since 1971, its value would be £2.50 in 2006 prices.

Note:

1. The value has been estimated using the retail prices index produced by the Office for National Statistics.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many pensioners aged 80 years old or over are in receipt of an occupational pension. (98880)

In 2004-05, there were 1.2 million people aged 80 or over in the UK in receipt of an occupational pension (includes pensions from a previous employer and pensions from the employer of a deceased spouse or relative).

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many pensioners over 80 years old there were in the United Kingdom in each year since 2001. (98881)

The information in the following table shows the total number of state pension recipients aged 80 and over in Great Britain.

Number

February 2006

2,535,900

February 2005

2,490,400

February 2004

2,447,800

February 2003

2,411,000

March 2002

2,422,100

March 2001

2,359,500

Notes:1. Data for March 2001 and 2002 are taken from the 5 per cent. extract of the pension service computer system and the figures are subject to a degree of sampling variation. They are also adjusted to be consistent with the overall case load from the Work and Pension Longitudinal Study with extra built in protection to protect identity. 2. The figures are rounded to the nearest 100. 3. The figures are lower in 2003 due to the changeover in our data from 5 per cent. sample data to 100 per cent. data. Source:DWP Information Directorate: Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study (WPLS) 100 per cent. data and 5 per cent. sample data.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what level of state pension, including the 25 pence age allowance, was paid to over 80-year-olds in (a) 1996 and (b) 2006. (98884)

The average weekly amounts paid to state pension recipients aged 80 and over who are also in receipt of the 25 pence age addition are in the following table:

Years

£ per week

September 2005

87.87

September 1996

61.19

Notes: 1. Data are taken from 5 per cent. extract of the Pension Service Computer System and the figures are subject to a degree of sampling variation. They are also adjusted to be consistent with the overall caseload from the Work and Pension Longitudinal Study with extra built in protection to protect identity. 2. Average amounts are rounded to the nearest penny. 3. Figures for 2006 are not yet available. Source: DWP information Directorate: Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study (WPLS) 100 per cent. data and 5 per cent. sample data.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how much on average pensioners received to help with heating bills in (a) 1986, (b) 1996 and (c) 2006. (93830)

The exact information requested cannot be calculated from the available administrative data relating to the structure of the help available. Information that is available is as follows.

The Social Fund Cold Weather Payments scheme was introduced in October 1988. It replaced a similar but not identical scheme which had begun in December 1986. No data are held for help given to pensioners in 1986 under this system.

In 1996 help for pensioners was given through the Social Fund Cold Weather Payments scheme. Cold Weather Payments are made when the average temperature has been recorded as, or forecast to be, 00C or below over seven consecutive days at the weather station linked to the eligible customer's postcode. A Cold Weather Payment of £8.50 is made for each week the temperature is triggered. These payments are not limited to pensioners. In total £61.6m was paid out to all recipients in 1995-96.

In 2005-06 the amount paid in Winter Fuel Payments to people aged 60 or over was £2 billion and a further £5.6 million in Cold Weather Payments was paid to eligible pensioner households. The amount of Winter Fuel Payment a person receives depends on their age and whether there are other eligible people in the household. People aged 60-79 receive up to £200 and people aged 80 or over receive up to £300.

Source for Cold Weather Payments: 1995-96 data—Annual report by the Secretary of State for Social Security on the Social Fund 1995-96, 2005-06 data—DWP Programme Accounting Computer System.

Source for Winter Fuel Payments: DWP Information Directorate.

Security Passes

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many security passes have been reported (a) lost and (b) stolen by staff in his Department by year since February 2004. (88566)

The information for the Department and its agencies, with the exception of The Rent Service, is not available in the format requested. No central records are kept of passes that have been lost or stolen. However, security passes that have inbuilt access control for specific sites are always deactivated when reported lost or stolen.

The Rent Service report that 37 security passes were reported as lost and eight security passes were reported as stolen since February 2004.

Telephone Interviews

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the average time taken was between seeking an appointment for a telephone interview and that interview taking place in the last year for which information is available, broken down by type of benefit. (98895)

Unemployment Payments

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how much his Department spent on unemployment payments in each of the last 30 years at today’s prices. (93585)

The available information is in the following table.

Unemployment benefits expenditure, Great Britain (real terms, 2006-07 prices)

£ million

UB

JSA(C)

SB/IS1

JSA(IB)

1976-77

Outturn

2,734

3n/a

1977-78

Outturn

2,708

3n/a

1978-79

Outturn

2,452

1,998

1979-80

Outturn

2,168

1,737

1980-81

Outturn

3,597

2,232

1981-82

Outturn

4,367

3,880

1982-83

Outturn

3,595

6,152

1983-84

Outturn

3,430

7,461

1984-85

Outturn

3,436

8,121

1985-86

Outturn

3,282

8,704

1986-87

Outturn

3,471

8,679

1987-88

Outturn

2,783

7,556

1988-89

Outturn

1,961

5,396

1989-90

Outturn

1,213

4,353

1990-91

Outturn

1,335

4,512

1991-92

Outturn

2,321

6,077

1992-93

Outturn

2,469

7,544

1993-94

Outturn

2,259

7,846

1994-95

Outturn

1,750

6,980

1995-96

Outturn

1,443

6,319

1996-97

Outturn

21,164

2

2,985

2,320

1997-98

Outturn

584

4,201

1998-99

Outturn

568

3,694

1999-2000

Outturn

539

3,285

2000-01

Outturn

518

2,824

2001-02

Outturn

532

2,417

2002-03

Outturn

569

2,309

2003-04

Outturn

542

2,193

2004-05

Outturn

465

1,851

2005-06

Estimate outturn

500

1,844

2006-07

Plans

530

1,931

1 Supplementary benefit and income support figures are for expenditure on unemployed claimants only.

2 1996-97 figure for UB includes JSA(C).

3 Information for SB is not available prior to 1978-79

Notes:

1. UB = unemployment benefit; SB = supplementary benefit; IS = income support; JSA(C) = contributory jobseeker’s allowance; JSA(IB) = income-based jobseeker’s allowance

2. Figures are consistent with the Budget Report 2006.

3. Historic figures have been collated from departmental reports and accounts of DWP and its predecessor Departments.

4. Expenditure for 2005-06 reflects the latest benefit-by-benefit estimate of outturn, and not the amounts voted by Parliament.

Source:

DWP Expenditure tables.

Winter Fuel Payments

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) what recent meetings has he held with (a) National Energy Action, (b) Energywatch and (c) others to discuss the extension of eligibility for the winter fuel payment; (97824)

(2) if he will extend the eligibility for winter fuel payments to those groups who are eligible for cold weather payments; and if he will make a statement;

(3) if he will extend the eligibility for winter fuel payments to those groups who are already eligible for cold weather payments; and if he will make a statement.

There have been no recent meetings with National Energy Action or Energywatch. The Department for Work and Pensions holds a wide range of meeting with stakeholders; and these have covered fuel poverty.

Winter fuel payments are made to most people aged 60 or over who are ordinarily resident in Great Britain. Older people are particularly vulnerable to the effects of cold weather during the winter months. We have no plans to extend the winter fuel payment to other groups who are eligible for cold weather payments.

Northern Ireland

Air Pollution

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland if he will estimate the number of deaths in the Province resulting from air pollution in each of the last 20 years; and what steps have been taken to reduce the number of such deaths. (99769)

Statistics on deaths from air pollution are not recorded.

Calculations are carried out by the National Environment and Technology Centre (Netcen), who act as air quality consultants to Defra and the devolved administrations. Netcen carry out a range of assessments and provide statistics on deaths brought forward due to air pollution in the UK using Committee of Medical Effects of Air Pollutants (COMEAP) methodology.

This information is not readily available and figures would only extend back to 1996 for a range of technical reasons. I will write to the hon. Lady when figures are available and place a copy of the figures in the Library.

Asbestos-related Illnesses

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many people in Northern Ireland died from asbestos-related illnesses in each of the last 20 years. (99788)

The following table gives the number of deaths registered in Northern Ireland in each year between 1986 and 2005 where the underlying cause of death was recorded as mesothelioma1 or ‘asbestosis’2.

1 International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision code C45 for years 2001-2004 and Ninth Revision codes 158.9 or 163.9 for year 1985-2000.

2 International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision codes J61 and J92.0 for years 2001-2004 and Ninth Revision code 501 for year 1985-2000.

Number of registered deaths by year in Northern Ireland resulting from asbestos related illnesses (mesothelioma and ‘asbestosis’)

Registration year

Mesothelioma

‘Asbestosis’

Total

1986

22

22

1987

44

9

53

1988

26

9

35

1989

40

11

51

1990

38

3

41

1991

40

5

45

1992

47

4

51

1993

43

4

47

1994

29

4

33

1995

34

5

39

1996

32

4

36

1997

42

42

1998

40

6

46

1999

46

4

50

2000

37

6

43

2001

54

9

63

2002

42

12

54

2003

46

9

55

2004

51

14

65

20051

34

10

44

1 Provisional data

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many deaths were registered in Northern Ireland where the underlying cause was recorded as mesothelioma in each year between 2000 and 2005. (99783)

The following table gives the number of deaths registered in Northern Ireland in each year between 2000 and 2005 where the underlying cause of death was recorded as mesothelioma1.

1 International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision code C45 for years 2001-2005 and Ninth Revision codes 158.9 or 163.9 for year 2000.

Registration year

Number of deaths resulting from mesothelioma

2000

37

2001

54

2002

42

2003

46

2004

51

20051

34

1 Provisional Data

Badger Baiting

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what the timetable is for the introduction of changes to legislation to provide police officers with the power of arrest in respect of individuals involved in unlawful activity associated with badger baiting in Northern Ireland. (99683)

It is an offence under the Welfare of Animals Act (Northern Ireland) 1972 to cause unnecessary suffering to any animal by causing, procuring or assisting at the fighting or baiting of that animal. A review of the legislation is currently out to public consultation, with a closing date of 5 December 2006. The review examines the need for increased enforcement powers under the Act.

It is also an offence under the Wildlife (Northern Ireland) Order 1985 to take, kill, injure or be in possession or control of a badger or to disturb a badger while it is occupying a place or structure for shelter or protection, or to damage, destroy or obstruct access to that place or structure. None of the offences are subject to arrest and there are currently no proposals to change the legislation in this respect. However, subject to the outcome of a public consultation exercise on the review of the 1985 Order planned for December 2006, further changes may be proposed.

Bankruptcy

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many bankruptcy orders were made on behalf of the Department of Finance and Personnel of the Rate Collection Agency in (a) 2003, (b) 2004 and (c) 2005; and how many have been made in 2006. (99399)

The following table shows the number of bankruptcy orders made on behalf of the Rate Collection Agency for each of the years in question.

Number

2003-04

126

2004-05

116

2005-06

98

2006 to date

51

Biodiversity

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what funding the Government have provided for biodiversity education (a) overall in the Province and (b) at Oxford Island Nature Reserve in each of the last five years. (99479)

The majority of government funding on biodiversity education is contributed through the Department of the Environment’s Environment and Heritage Service (EHS). EHS provides funding in the form of grant aid to district councils, schools, community groups and environmental non-government organisations. EHS also provides direct environmental education to schools and the wider public.

The spend by EHS is summarised as follows.

£000

Direct spend

Grant aid

Total

2005-06

383

700

1,466

2004-05

310

220

840

2003-04

457

245

1,159

2002-03

175

80

430

2001-02

175

46

396

Five year total

1,500

1,291

4,291

Average per year

300

258

858

Following the publication of the Northern Ireland Biodiversity Strategy in 2002 the spend has increased substantially and the total annual spend on biodiversity education in the last three years has averaged over £l million per annum.

During the past five years EHS has supported either a conservation officer or a local biodiversity action plan officer within Craigavon borough council to a total of £91,000 over five years. The officer is based at Oxford Island and part of their role has included support for the interpretation of biodiversity within the Oxford Island National Nature Reserve.

Conservation officer

Local biodiversity officer

Total

2005-06

23,257

23,257

2004-05

13,779

23,232

37,011

2003-04

8,671

8,671

2002-03

11,546

11,546

2001-02

11,025

11,025

Concessionary Travel

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what steps are being taken by Translink to advertise to senior citizens in receipt of the smart pass for free travel that there is a requirement to renew every five years. (99796)

Responsibility for advertising all aspects of the Northern Ireland Concessionary Fares Scheme rests with the Department for Regional Development. In January 2007, the Department will launch an advertising campaign in newspaper and other media outlets, highlighting the need for customers to renew their SmartPass before the expiry date printed on the front of their cards. In addition, all customers will be contacted by post three months before the expiry of their SmartPass, detailing the steps they need to take to obtain a replacement.

Departmental IT

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland (1) which of his Department’s databases are (a) wholly and (b) partly operated by external organisations or individuals; and which organisations and individuals own those databases; (97775)

(2) which databases operated by his Department are located (a) wholly and (b) partly outside the UK; and where each of those databases and parts of databases is located. (97776)

The requested details of the databases are shown in the following table.

Operated byLocation

Database

Wholly

Partly

Owned by

In UK

Outside UK

Leadership Development Programme

Direction Plus

Direction Plus

Switzerland

HRMS

BT

NICS Departments

BT—Castle Buildings

Northgate

Northgate—Dargan Cres Belfast

Fujitsu

Fujitsu—Trident House Airport Road Belfast

Payroll (NICS)

Fujitsu

Fujitsu

Fujitsu—Trident House Airport Road Belfast

PSMB

PSMB Trident House Airport Road Belfast

Belfast City Council

Belfast City Council—Belfast

Payroll (HCS)

Logica CMG

Logica CMG

CMG UK Limited, 20 Kingston Rd Staines Middlesex

Domestic Rates

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what representations he has received about the revaluation of domestic rates in Northern Ireland in the last 12 months. (99521)

Representations to the Government on the domestic rating reforms in the past 12 months have included responses to a consultation on the draft Rates (Amendment) (Northern Ireland) Order 2006, as well as to other more targeted consultations on individual aspects of the reforms. In addition, the Government have met with political parties, other Government agencies, local government organisations, representatives of the community and voluntary sector, and other stakeholders to discuss the reforms.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what the co-efficient values given to each of the property attributes for window glazing are in the Valuation and Lands Agency's calibrated Multiple Regression formula used in the domestic rates revaluation in Northern Ireland. (99553)

In Northern Ireland window glazing was not value significant in any of the models used by the Valuation and Lands Agency and hence no co-efficient value was given to it.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many and what proportion of domestic properties in Northern Ireland are classified by the Valuation and Lands Agency with property attribute codes of (a) SG-Wood, (b) SG-PVC, (c) SG-Metal, (d) DG-Wood, (e) DG-PVC and (f) DG-Metal. (99829)

The information requested is set out in the table.

Window type

Number of properties

Percentage of total

(a) SG-Wood

442

0.0615

(b) SG-PVC

166

0.0231

(c) SG-Metal

42

0.0058

(d) DG-Wood

612

0.0852

(e) DG-PVC

10,614

1.4768

(f) DG-Metal

4

0.0006

Not recorded

706,839

98.3471

Early Release Scheme

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what the membership is of the Prison Sentence Review Commission monitoring the early release scheme created by the Belfast Agreement. (97728)

There are 10 Sentence Review Commissioners; two joint chairmen and eight other members. Their details are given in the Commissioners Annual Report for 2006, a copy of which is available in the Library, and are also available on their website www.sentencereview.org.uk.

Entertainment and Hospitality

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how much was spent on entertainment and hospitality by each Government Department in the Province in each of the last 10 years. (99756)

The information requested is not held centrally and therefore it has not been possible to provide a full response in this parliamentary session. However, the hon. Member for Upper Bann (David Simpson) asked a similar question relating to the cost of hospitality in each Northern Ireland Department in each of the last five years. I refer the hon. Lady to the reply I gave on 13 September 2006, Official Report, column 2397W.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how much was spent by his Department on food and alcohol for its staff working out of office in each year since 2001-02. (91892)

We cannot provide the information in the format requested by the hon. Member as to do so would be at disproportionate cost. The information requested is captured under “hospitality”, which includes food, alcohol and other related costs.

Expenditure incurred on hospitality by the Northern Ireland Office includes accommodation and hospitality for members of the royal family, visiting dignitaries and heads of state, and also hospitality for the representatives of business, voluntary and community sectors in Northern Ireland attending the annual garden party at Hillsborough Castle, as well as limited hospitality for staff working out of office hours in accordance with established procedures.

The amount spent on hospitality by the Northern Ireland Office, excluding its agencies and NDPBs, in each year since 2001-02 was:

Amount (£)

2001-02

235,989

2002-03

363,755

2003-04

319,741

2004-05

258,436

2005-06

299,634

All expenditure of official hospitality is made in accordance with published departmental guidance on financial procedures and propriety, based on principles set out in Government accounting. The level of hospitality must be defined, and a broad outline of cost and numbers attending must be provided on all occasions before authorisation. Expenditure should be kept as low as possible, compatible with the occasion and the standing of guests.

A necessary pre-condition for any entertainment or hospitality to be financed from Northern Ireland Office funds is that it will be in the direct interests of the Northern Ireland Office. While one cannot always guarantee that the benefit will be achieved, that must be both the intention and the reasonable expectation.

Equality Commission

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland (1) how much has been spent by the Equality Commission in each year since its formation in providing legal assistance and support to plaintiffs in respect of (a) sex discrimination and (b) religious discrimination; and what the average amount spent was on each category in each year; (98232)

(2) in how many cases financial assistance and support were given by the Equality Commission to plaintiffs pursuing (a) sex discrimination cases and (b) religious discrimination cases where the case was subsequently abandoned by the Equality Commission in each year since its formation; and how much was spent on each category of case in each year;

(3) in which cases relating to (a) sex discrimination and (b) religious discrimination the Equality Commission spent more than £50,000 in each year since its formation.

The Equality Commission, as reported in its annual reports, spent the following amounts on legal fees in respect of its duty to provide assistance to complainants and potential complainants. The amounts exclude staff costs.

Amount (£)

Sex discrimination

Religious and political opinion discrimination

1999-00

293,046

253,300

2000-01

348,867

166,780

2001-02

631,861

170,261

2002-03

829,558

916,357

2003-04

524,967

239,464

2004-05

72,611

74,390

An average spend is not always available as many cases continue over a number of financial years.

The Equality Commission operates an enforcement policy for the provision of advice and assistance to complainants. Such assistance is subject to review. On review the Equality Commission may withdraw assistance because information gathered suggests that the case is unlikely to be successful, because the complainant no longer wishes to pursue proceedings or the case does not fall within the strategic objectives of the Commission’s policy on assistance.

The Equality Commission database shows the following numbers of cases were discontinued in each year of operation. Figures are not available for 1999-2000.

Cases

Sex discrimination

Religious and political opinion discrimination

2000-01

1

2001-02

8

3

2002-03

139

202

2003-04

58

93

2004-05

27

17

2005-06

2

10

It should be noted that an individual may complain under more than one ground of discrimination. Where there are a number of grounds including sex discrimination, these are included with the figure for sex discrimination. Where there are a number of grounds including religious and political opinion discrimination, these are included with the figure for religious and political opinion discrimination. Where both sex and religion and political opinion discrimination are mentioned these cases are included in both; those covering both encompass :

15 cases in 2002-03

4 cases in 2003-04

3 cases in 2004-05

Gathering the information in relation to the costs associated with the discontinued cases will require further analysis and the Chief Executive of the Equality Commission will respond directly to the hon. Member and a copy of the letter will be placed in the Library of the House.

The Equality Commission spent more than £50,000 in two cases relating to sex discrimination and one case relating to Religion/Politics. Each of these cases continued for more than one financial year.

Religion/Politics

One case which was heard in the Court of Appeal NI—total spend: £71,769.28.

Sex Discrimination

One case which was heard in the Court of Appeal NI—total spend: £117,251.04

One case which was heard in the House of Lords—total spend: £168,267.05

Flood Defences

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how much the Government have spent on improving flood defences in Northern Ireland in each of the last five years. (99405)

The Department of Agriculture and Rural Development, as the drainage and flood defence authority in Northern Ireland, spent the following amounts on improving flood defences, including sea defences:

Amount (£)

2001-02

4,730,000.00

2002-03

7,622,000.00

2003-04

2,101,000.00

2004-05

740,000.00

2005-06

3,288,000.00

Fly-tipping

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many incidents of fly-tipping were recorded in Northern Ireland in each of the last five years; how much public money was spent as a result of fly-tipping during that period; and what steps the Government are taking to prevent fly-tipping. (99401)

Since the end of 2003, the Environment and Heritage Service (EHS) has been responsible for dealing with the illegal disposal of waste on a commercial basis. Prior to that date, district councils were responsible but few, if any, of them kept records in the form requested.

During 2004 and 2005 EHS received between 1,000 and 1,200 reports of illegal dumping of waste each year. This year to date, 1,206 reports have been received. A minimum of 250,000 tonnes of household waste from the Republic of Ireland has been illegal disposed of in Northern Ireland to date. The costs associated with the removal of this waste are likely to be in the region of £30 million.

EHS will continue to rigorously investigate and prosecute all incidents of fly-tipping that are reported to it. EHS is also in the process of introducing a computer system known as ‘Fly Capture’ that will record and track all reported incidents. The system has proved very useful in GB with the publicity surrounding levels of fly-tipping and the costs of dealing with it arising from this source. If district councils take up the offer of the use of this system, appropriate data should be available for Northern Ireland within a year.

Gender Recognition

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how the Social Security Agency's gender recognition policy was formulated; what assessment he has made of its effectiveness; and if he will make a statement. (99589)

The Social Security Agency in Northern Ireland is responsible for administering the social security system in accordance with the law—including the Gender Recognition Act 2004. The cases of persons who have been issued with gender recognition certificates are dealt with by the Agency in accordance with national guidelines.

High Hedges

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what plans he has to introduce legislation to deal with problems associated with high hedges in Northern Ireland; and if he will make a statement. (99684)

The Department intends to bring forward this legislation when the legislative programme permits.

Household Incomes

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what percentage of households in Northern Ireland have weekly incomes of £300 or less, broken down by (a) parliamentary constituency, (b) district council and (c) district electoral area. (99321)

The proportion of households with a weekly income of £300 or less, according to the Northern Ireland Family Resources Survey, by parliamentary constituency is given in Table 2, and by district council is given in Table 1. In order to ensure a sample size that would deliver reliable results, it was necessary to combine three years of the survey. Even with this level of combination, the sample sizes achieved for district electoral areas are too small for reliable results to be given.

The information requested in Part (c) district electoral area is not readily available and can be provided only at disproportionate costs.

Because of the need to combine years, the significance of the £300 income limit for households is not constant due to price inflation and increases in general income over time.

Table 1: Local Government Districts, Proportion of Households with Gross Weekly Income of £300 or Under by LGD1

Local Government District

Percentage

Antrim

31.3

Ards

34.8

Armagh

34.5

Ballymena

35.6

Ballymoney and Moyle2

32.8

Banbridge

24.7

Belfast

45.6

Carrickfergus

26.6

Castlereagh

29.4

Coleraine

38.0

Cookstown

47.7

Craigavon

34.9

Downpatrick

32.3

Dungannon

40.2

Fermanagh

45.5

Larne

35.3

Limavady and Magherafelt2

36.6

Lisburn

32.8

Derry

39.3

Newry

38.3

Newtownabbey

32.0

North Down

26.7

Omagh and Strabane2

46.1

1 In order to ensure a sample size that would deliver reliable results, it was necessary to combine three years of the survey, namely 2002-03, 2003-04 and 2004-05. 2 These councils had to be combined in order to obtain a sample of at least 100 households. Source: Family Resources Survey.

Table 2: Parliamentary Constituencies, Proportion of Households with Gross Weekly Income of £300 or Under by Parliamentary Constituency1

Parliamentary Constituency

Percentage

Belfast East

38.1

Belfast North

54.3

Belfast South

36.3

Belfast West

44.4

East Antrim

31.7

East Londonderry

34.9

Fermanagh and South Tyrone

42.8

Foyle

39.6

Lagan Valley

30.4

Mid Ulster

45.3

Newry and Armagh

37.9

North Antrim

34.5

North Down

26.5

South Antrim

28.0

South Down

31.9

Strangford

34.6

Upper Bann

32.7

West Tyrone

46.1

1 In order to ensure a sample size that would deliver reliable results, it was necessary to combine three years of the survey, namely 2002-03, 2003-04 and 2004-05. Notes:1. The tables are derived from the Northern Ireland Family Resources Survey, which has been carried out in Northern Ireland since 2002-03. A comparable survey has been carried out in Great Britain since 1992-93, and this GB survey has now been expanded into a UK survey, including the Northern Ireland data. 2. The Northern Ireland sample size has been enhanced to allow more detailed analysis. 3. A variety of definitions of household income are available from the survey. Gross income is used here. 4. Three years of the survey are combined to ensure an acceptable sample size. 5. Because three years of the survey have been combined, the significance of the £300 limit for households is not constant, due to price inflation and increases in general income over time. Source: Family Resources Survey.

Household Waste

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what estimate he has made of the volume of household rubbish generated per person in Northern Ireland in each of the last five years; and what percentage of that was (a) recycled and (b) re-used in each year. (99403)

Each person in Northern Ireland generates approximately 0.5 tonnes of household waste per year (annual figures are provided in the following table).

The overall household recycling rate in Northern Ireland has grown from 6.6 per cent. in 1999-2000 to 18.9 per cent. in 2004-05, an encouraging increase of over 12 per cent., and indicative figures for 2005-06 show a recycling rate of over 24 per cent.

There are no figures on re-use of household waste as this waste does not enter the waste stream and is therefore is not reported.

Household waste arisings per household is a more useful indicator than per person as the household is the key unit for generation of waste and produces a certain amount of waste regardless of the number of occupants.

Household waste statistics 1999-2006

Total household waste (million tonnes)

Average household waste collected (tonnes/year)

Household waste recycling rate (percentage)

Per person

Per household

1999-2000

0.83

0.49

1.38

6.6

2001

0.88

0.52

1.42

8.9

2002

0.90

0.53

1.40

10.0

2003

0.90

0.53

1.37

12.5

2004-05

0.92

0.54

1.36

18.9

2005-061

0.94

0.54

1.36

>24

1 Indicative.

Hyper- and Hypothermia

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland if he will estimate the number of (a) heat-related and (b) cold-related deaths in the Province in each of the last 20 years. (99772)

The following table gives the number of deaths registered in Northern Ireland in each year between 1986 and 2005, where effects of heat and light1 or hypothermia2 were mentioned on the death certificate.

1 “Heat” will not be recorded as an underlying cause of death. However heat-related illnesses (e.g., heatstroke, heat cramps, heat exhaustion or heat syncope) may be mentioned on the death certificate. Deaths with a mention of the effects of heat and light are defined using the International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision (ICD-9) code 992 for the years 1986-2000 and, for the years 2001 to 2005, the International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision (ICD-10) code T67.

2 “Cold” will not be recorded as an underlying cause of death. However subnormal body temperature, hypothermia, may be mentioned on the death certificate. Deaths with a mention of hypothermia are defined using the International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision (ICD-9) code 991.6 for the years 1986-2000 and, for the years 2001 to 2005, the International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision (ICD-10) code T68.

Registered number of deaths, with a mention of effect of heat and light or hypothermia. Northern Ireland, 1986 to 2005

Registration year

Effect of heat and light

Hypothermia

1986

32

1987

16

1988

17

1989

13

1990

14

1991

22

1992

14

1993

14

1994

21

1995

13

1996

16

1997

22

1998

22

1999

12

2000

12

2001

16

2002

14

2003

8

2004

1

11

20051

18

1 Provisional data

Light Bulbs

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what proportion of light bulbs purchased by his Department in 2005 were of the compact fluorescent type. (98260)

The Department has a variety of light fittings which accept a wide range of bulbs. No records are kept of the numbers or frequency of lamp replacement and the cost of obtaining these figures would be disproportionate. Compact fluorescents are, where practicable, the preferred type of light bulb.

MOT

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what the average waiting time for an MOT test at each test centre in the Province was in the last period for which figures are available; what the longest time is for which a driver has been waiting for an MOT test at each centre; how many individuals are waiting for MOT tests at each centre; and how many MOT tests were conducted at each centre in each of the last five years. (99754)

The average waiting time and the longest waiting time for a vehicle test at each test centre for the week ending 28 October 2006 is as follows.

Days

Centre

Average waiting time

Longest waiting time

Armagh

27

54

Ballymena

16

33

Balmoral

24

56

Coleraine

13

51

Cookstown

27

52

Craigavon

23

49

Downpatrick

17

47

Enniskillen

31

53

Larne

13

38

Lisburn

24

53

Mallusk

17

45

New Buildings

19

37

Newry

36

59

Newtownards

14

54

Omagh

29

52

Northern Ireland

21

59

The number of vehicles awaiting test as at 28 October was 59,117. This information is not maintained at centre level.

The number of vehicle tests conducted at each centre in each of the last five years is set out as follows.

Centre

2001-02

2002-03

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

Armagh

19,691

17,007

22,560

16,158

21,524

Ballymena

42,742

28,340

43,583

46,479

42,788

Balmoral

59,954

44,794

58,919

47,194

63,188

Coleraine

28,384

34,049

39,260

41,261

45,121

Cookstown

30,470

35,003

37,047

36,827

41,238

Craigavon

31,833

31,016

36,410

25,182

30,291

Downpatrick

21,538

20,614

29,625

33,412

27,387

Enniskillen

22,993

16,548

25,910

25,648

28,988

Larne

11,852

20,570

25,560

23,002

26,031

Lisburn

22,033

34,578

35,550

26,790

34,724

Mallusk

50,943

61,200

36,644

41,109

49,934

New Buildings

31,431

27,802

35,018

26,585

38,159

Newry

33,326

41,446

30,954

28,410

44,541

Newtownards

50,833

43,390

56,855

56,517

64,286

Omagh

19,240

53,761

19,227

23,444

26,458

Northern Ireland

457,572

498,692

533,122

498,018

584,658

Figures include all vehicle test categories (MOT, PSV and HGV) but exclude re-tests.

Motorcyclists (Safety)

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what assessment he has made of the safety implications for motorcyclists of wire rope crash barriers in Northern Ireland. (99406)

The Chief Executive of Roads Service (Dr. Malcolm McKibbin) has written to the hon. Gentleman.

Letter from Dr. Malcolm McKibbin, dated 3 November 2006:

You recently asked the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland a Parliamentary Question about what assessment he has made of the safety implications for motorcyclists of wire rope crash barriers in Northern Ireland. As this issue falls within my responsibility as Chief Executive of Roads Service, I have been asked to reply.

I can advise that all vehicle restraint systems installed on the public road network in Northern Ireland comply with European Standard EN 1317. There is relatively little wire rope safety fencing erected on the Northern Ireland road network and statistical analysis of collision data has not identified any problems in those areas.

Whilst Roads Service has not undertaken any specific research to evaluate the safety implications for motorcyclists, I can advise that the Government (DfT) Advisory Group on Motorcycling reported in 2004 that the Transport Research Laboratory had undertaken some evaluation of safety fences. I understand the conclusion from this work was that all types of barrier pose some form of risk for motorcyclists, but wire rope is no more of a risk than other types of post and beam barriers.

New Health and Education Structures

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what opportunities there will be for elected representatives to serve on new health and education structures arising from the Review of Public Administration in Northern Ireland; and what lay representation there will be on those new structures. (99751)

All board members will be appointed under the guidelines laid down by the Commissioner for Public Appointments. Board members must be chosen solely on the basis of the skills and expertise necessary to do the job. All appointments are to be made on merit and no one should be appointed to any position solely because they hold a particular position in another organisation.

Pedestrian Crossings

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what estimate he has made of the average cost of establishing a (a) pelican and (b) zebra crossing in Northern Ireland. (99453)

The chief executive of Roads Service (Dr. Malcolm McKibbin) has written to the hon. Lady.

Letter from Malcolm McKibbin, dated 6 November 2006:

You recently asked the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland a Parliamentary Question regarding the estimated costs of establishing (a) a zebra crossing and (b) a pelican crossing.

I have been asked to reply as this issue falls within my responsibility as Chief Executive of Roads Service.

By way of background, I should explain that the cost of installing pedestrian crossing facilities is dependant on a number of issues including; type of equipment being installed, width of road, distance to a source of electricity and need for alterations to existing infrastructure.

Taking these factors into account, the estimated cost of establishing zebra and pelican crossings are as follows:

Zebra crossing—£10k/£12k;

Pelican crossing—£23/£30k;

Pelican crossing in Belfast area—£28/£35k.

The cost of installing a pelican crossing in Belfast is potentially higher due to the need to integrate the crossing into the Belfast Urban Traffic Control System.

Public Administration Review

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what progress has been made in implementing the Review of Public Administration in Northern Ireland. (99522)

I have been given overall ministerial responsibility for the implementation of the Review of Public Administration (RPA) decisions. The Head of the Northern Ireland Civil Service, Nigel Hamilton, is personally leading the oversight of the change process, and has established an RPA steering group to oversee the reforms.

Project teams have been established within departments to drive forward implementation. A central unit has been established within the office of the First Minister and Deputy First Minister that will oversee the implementation process and support the steering group

The Local Government (Boundaries) (NI) Order 2006 is in operation, establishing the number of councils at seven and setting out procedures for the Local Government Boundaries Commissioner, who was appointed on 1 June 2006 for a 12-month period. His interim report is due on 7 November.

A DOE Local Government Taskforce has been established to examine and report on key issues and work continues to complete the legislation proposals for the Local Government (Structures) Order and the Local Government (Transfer of Functions) Order by February 2007.

The Chief Executive (Designate) of the proposed new Health and Social Services Authority has been appointed and the Authority will be formally established from 1 April 2008. Legislation to establish the five new trusts has already been made and the trusts are now operating in shadow form. The Chairs were appointed on 1 August and the Chief Executives were appointed on 1 September 2006. The existing trusts will be abolished on 1 April 2007. Work continues to complete the drafting of legislation proposals for Health and Social Services Reform by February 2007.

The Department of Health Social Services and Public Safety is currently consulting on the following:

(i) the Draft Transfer of Staff, Assets and Liabilities Orders for the new HSS Trusts;

(ii) draft proposals for a statutory Joint Committee for Commissioning health and social services; and

(iii) the Human Resources Framework for Health and Personal Social Services.

In the Education Sector, the appointment of the Chief Executive (Designate) of the Education and Skills Authority is expected in November 2006 and work continues to complete the legislation proposals for Education Restructuring by April 2007.

In other areas, work is under way on the rationalisation of Non-Departmental Public Bodies (NDPB). Through the merging of some bodies and transferring functions to central or local Government, the number of NDPBs will be reduced from more than 80 to around 50.

The Public Service Commission was established in March 2006 to safeguard the interests of staff affected by decisions of the review.

Rate Relief

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland if he will consider extending rate relief to sub-post offices in Northern Ireland. (97837)

The Northern Ireland Executive considered the wider issue of rural rate relief, including that for rural post offices, in 2002. Northern Ireland has had the enabling power since 1998 to introduce a scheme similar to the rural rate relief scheme which operates in Great Britain. Both the Executive and direct rule Ministers decided not to introduce it because analysis showed it did not suit Northern Ireland's more dispersed settlement pattern. It would also potentially have an unfavourable impact from both an equality and New TSN perspective.

The Government, however, are re-examining the case for small business rate relief in April 2007 and support for post offices can be considered as part of this review.

Restorative Justice Projects

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland when he expects to publish the revised guidelines for community based restorative justice projects in Northern Ireland. (99523)

The Protocol for Community-based Restorative Justice Schemes is currently the subject of a public consultation and equality impact assessment which concludes on 13 December 2006. Following consideration of the consultation responses, the Government will decide on a way forward.

River Pollution

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many river pollution incidents in Northern Ireland were caused by private businesses in each of the last five years. (99402)

The number of substantiated pollution incidents attributed to private businesses, including agricultural farms, for each of the past five years was:

Number

2001

896

2002

874

2003

756

2004

635

2005

531

This represents 52 per cent. of the overall total number of substantiated incidents investigated by the Environment and Heritage Service during this period.

Roads

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what the approximate cost and length of time would be for DRD Roads Service to construct the dualling of the A26 road between Glarryford and the A44 Drones Junction. (99797)

The chief executive of Roads Service (Dr. Malcolm McKibbin) has written to the hon. Gentleman.

Letter from Malcolm McKibbin, dated 6 November 2006:

You recently asked the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland a Parliamentary Question regarding what the approximate cost and length of time would be for DRD Roads Service to construct the dualling of the A26 road between Glarryford and the A44 Drones Junction. As this issues fall within my responsibility as Chief Executive of Roads Service I have been asked to reply.

You will be aware that the improvement to dual carriageway standard of the A26 Glarryford to A44 Drones Road project is one of the Strategic Road Improvements identified in the Regional Strategic Transport Network Transport Plan.

The A26 scheme is in the Roads Service’s Forward Planning Schedule. Schemes within this schedule are expected to be implemented within the next 5-10 years.

Civil Engineering Consultants, Arup were commissioned in April 2006 to assist with the development of the project through to the selection of a preferred route and completion of the statutory procedures (Environmental Statement, Direction Order and Vesting Order). On successful completion of the statutory procedures and an economic appraisal, the scheme will be taken forward to procurement and construction. Subject to the availability of funding at the time, the commencement of that stage is currently anticipated to be early 2010, with completion likely to be late 2012/early 2013. Comprehensive consultation with the public, other interested bodies and public representatives will take place throughout the development of the scheme.

The expanded Strategic Road Improvement Programme 2015 Consultation Document, published earlier this year, estimated the cost of the project to be £33M (at 2005 prices). As work progresses on the project more detail and constraints will be identified and timescales and estimates may be adjusted to suit.

Sentencing

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland when he expects to announce changes to the 50 per cent. remission for those convicted of serious offences in Northern Ireland. (96151)

Following a review of the sentencing framework in Northern Ireland, I am considering a range of options, including indeterminate and extended public protection sentences for dangerous violent and sexual offenders. I plan to announce proposals for a new sentencing framework before the end of the year.

Water

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland who will be responsible for granting authorisation for the disposal of land by Water NI Ltd. from 2010. (99642)

Under article 217(1) of the draft Water and Sewerage Services (Northern Ireland) Order 2006, any company appointed as a water or sewerage undertaker cannot dispose of any of its protected land, except with the consent of, or in accordance with a general authorisation given by, the Department for Regional Development. The Department is currently developing a draft licence under which the company will operate. The terms of the licence will include provisions regarding the disposal of land. The draft licence will be issued for public consultation later this year.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland if he will take steps to ensure that the cost of the Affordability Tariff from 2010 is not passed on to water customers through higher bills. (99645)

The Affordability Tariff is being introduced to ensure that no household should need to spend more than 3 per cent. of household income on water and sewerage charges. The cost of the tariff will be met from Northern Ireland public expenditure and not from other customers.

The Affordability Tariff will be reviewed in 2009 by which time it is the Government’s hope and expectation that a devolved Administration will be well established. The Government therefore believe it would be wrong to pre-empt, or prejudge the outcome of the review.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland (1) what contingency plans are in place to make up the deficit if the five per cent. bad debt provision in the financial planning model for the planned Government-owned company Water NI Ltd. turns out to have been an underestimate; (99647)

(2) if he will ensure that any underestimate of the bad debt provision in the financial planning model for the planned Government-owned company Water NI Ltd. is not paid for by the consumer through higher bills.

The Department is currently developing a draft licence under which the company will operate. The terms of the licence will determine how variations from the estimated cost of bad debt will be dealt with. The draft licence will be issued for public consultation later this year.

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland to whom any dividend earned by the planned Government-owned company Water NI Ltd. will be paid; and if he will take steps to ensure that any shortfall against the expected dividend is not paid for by the customer through higher bills. (99658)

To properly reflect the fact that capital in Northern Ireland Water Ltd. has a cost, the company will be required to pay a dividend to the Department for Regional Development. In the event that any shortfall in performance by the company reduces its ability to pay the dividend (either in whole or in part), the amount not paid must be covered from DRD’s resource departmental expenditure limit.

Education and Skills

A-levels

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills pursuant to the answer of 23 October 2006, Official Report, column 1555W, on A-level mathematics, what assessment he has made of the success of Curriculum 2000 with regard to mathematics. (99442)

Entries for A-level mathematics fell with the introduction of Curriculum 2000 largely due to the uneven weighting and level of difficulty in AS maths compared to other subjects. Revisions to address this issue were made to A-level mathematics from September 2004. Entries for A-level mathematics and further mathematics have increased in each of the last two years.

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills how many students in the Wantage constituency took (a) chemistry, (b) physics and (c) a modern language at A-level in each year since 1997. (98243)

Information on the numbers studying A-levels is not available centrally. The information available relates to those entered for examinations. The number of A-level entries by 16 to 18-year-olds in schools located in the Wantage constituency for each requested subject is given in the following table.

Chemistry

Physics

Modern languages

1997

65

47

39

1998

63

62

47

1999

67

54

46

2000

54

61

50

2001

49

60

46

2002

53

46

31

2003

54

50

27

2004

37

36

36

2005

40

52

32

20061

41

47

39

1 Figures for 2006 are provisional and may be subject to change. Note:There are five schools with post-16 results located in the Wantage constituency.

Attendance

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what assessment has been made of the effect of lost school days on attainment levels in secondary schools in Copeland in the last three years. (99717)

The Department has been collecting absence data at pupil level for the first time through the Pupil Level Annual School Census since January 2006 and is currently analysing the data, including the impact of school absence on attainment. Although the analysis is not yet ready, recent research commissioned by the Department has shown that there does appear to be an association between absence rates and pupil attainment. In schools in Excellence in Cities (EiC) areas higher than average levels of absence were associated with reduced attainment at GCSE and key stage 3.

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what estimate he has made of the number of school days lost to pupils as a result of (a) underage drinking, (b) drug use and (c) substance abuse in Copeland in the last 12 months. (99722)

The Department does not collect data on absence that is due to underage drinking, drug and substance abuse.

Biometric Technology

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills if he will list the uses for which biometric technologies are used in schools. (99245)

The Department does not keep a list of the uses of biometric technologies in schools. However I am aware that some schools use biometric technologies for recording the attendance and registration of pupils, and for access to school services such as libraries and school meals.

Building Schools for the Future

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what criteria he uses to decide which local education authorities will be included in early phases of the Building Schools for the Future programme. (99301)

Building Schools for the Future aims to provide 21st century facilities for all secondary pupils over the long term. In line with this Government’s priorities, we have started with those schools with poorest educational standards and highest social need, where we think the investment can have greatest impact. We chose projects in waves 1 to 3 of Building Schools for the Future using the following published criteria. We selected wave 1 projects by:

ranking local authority proposals according to the data on standards and deprivation across the schools in the proposed geographical area;

assessing whether the strategic proposals were appropriate to address the educational issues of the schools in the area and whether the capital investment would reinforce action/plans/strategies in place for school improvement;

assessing whether the local authority had the capacity to deliver such a large procurement;

assessing the total value of all the proposals with reference to the available budget; and

checking the overall package of proposals to ensure regional market capacity, deliverability and value for money.

We selected wave 2 and 3 projects from local authorities’ expressions of interest according to:

relative educational and social need, as measured by pupils’ GCSE attainment and eligibility for free school meals; and

the phasing and financial requirements of school buildings across the whole programme.

Wolverhampton’s secondary schools are due to be included in a project in waves 4 to 6. We will announce which wave by the end of the year.

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills how many (a) local education authorities and (b) schools have participated in Building Schools for the Future since its introduction; and in how many projects (i) a contract has been signed and (ii) construction has begun. (99927)

39 local authorities and 353 schools have participated in Building Schools for the Future since its introduction. The first contract was signed in June in Bristol and construction has already started in that authority.

Community Cohesion

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills how schools will be assessed on the promotion of community cohesion; and what steps will be taken in respect of schools which do not reach the required standards. (99900)

Subject to the passage of the Education and Inspections Bill which is currently before Parliament, a duty will be placed on the governing bodies of maintained schools to promote community cohesion. This will be accompanied by a duty on the Chief Inspector of Schools to report, as part of routine school inspections, on the contribution made by schools in this respect. Inspectors will judge this by assessing the extent to which learners contribute to community cohesion and the effectiveness of the links made by the school with other providers, services, employers and other organisations to promote well-being and community cohesion. Where inspectors identify underperformance, they will make recommendations, to which the school will be expected to respond. School Improvement Partners will challenge and support the school in making any necessary improvements and parents will be informed about progress through the School Profile. Where the underperformance extends to other aspects of the school's work, there may be circumstances in which inspectors return to monitor the school's progress in securing improvement.

Creationism

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what representations his Department has received on the teaching of creationism in schools. (99376)

The Department regularly receives correspondence about the teaching of creationism in schools. Most express concern about the possibility that creationism could be taught in the science curriculum.

The Government’s view is that creationism is not a recognised scientific theory and should not be taught in the science curriculum. There are, however, opportunities to discuss it in religious education, where pupils learn about different beliefs and faiths.

Enterprise Education

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what progress has been made towards the Government’s target that every school pupil has enterprise education by 2006; and what estimate he has made of the total proportion of school pupils receiving enterprise education. (99586)

There is no such target. In September 2005 we began a three-year strategy to enable all secondary schools to develop a new focus on enterprise education. A QCA survey in March 2006 found that over 90 per cent. of schools have enterprise in their school development plans, or will have next year, and nearly 90 per cent. have, or will have next year, a written school policy on enterprise. So we have made good progress, and we have established the national Schools’ Enterprise Education Network to help all schools to make further progress.

Extremism

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills which higher education institutions he and Ministers from his Department have visited since 7 July 2005 to discuss issues surrounding extremism. (98944)

The Secretary of State for Education and Skills and his ministerial team have undertaken a large number of visits to higher education institutions in the period since 7 July 2005. There have been a number of discussions with university staff around issues of extremism on campus, often as part of a broader agenda. For that reason, we cannot separately identify the higher education institutions involved.

Faith Schools

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what guidance his Department has issued to schools on permissible tests of religious observance in their admissions processes. (99826)

Guidance on school admissions for all maintained schools, including schools with a religious character, is contained in the School Admissions Code of Practice published in 2003.

The new School Admissions Code, subject to parliamentary approval, will come into force in February 2007 and supersede the existing Code of Practice. The draft code, on which we are currently consulting, contains detailed guidelines to faith schools on determining fair and equitable admission arrangements including faith-based oversubscription criteria and determining religious observance.

FE Budget

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what the (a) total budget and (b) budget per pupil was at 2006 prices for further education in each of the last 20 years. (93514)

The Government have increased total investment in further education for participation and other FE expenditure by 48 per cent. in real terms between 1997 and 2005.

The participation expenditure for further education and the participation unit of funding per full-time equivalent student in each year from 1997-98 to 2007-08 are provided in the following tables. The figures for 2005-06 reflect plans as outturn is not yet known on unit funding.

Table 1: Further education participation expenditure (cash)

Total FE participation1 (£ million)

Actual

1997-98

3,131.4

1998-99

3,101.6

1999-2000

3,216.4

2000-01

3,311.0

2001-02

3,643.8

2002-03

3,823.2

2003-04

4,274.3

2004-05

4,323.9

Planned

2005-06

4,871.8

2006-07

4,949.2

2007-08

5,101.9

1 FE participation funding excludes funding for colleges for other types of participation, raising standards, capacity building and capital. These are included in total FE funding, eg when calculating the 48 per cent. increase in overall FE funding. Note: Participation figures shown include some targeted funds (Teachers’ Pension Scheme, Teachers’ Pay Initiative and some Standards Fund resources) which were consolidated in 2003-04; and LSC funding for learners with learning difficulties and/or disabilities. They do not include UfI/Learndirect or Personal Community Development/Adult Community Learning.

Prior to 2001-02, the figures quoted represent expenditure by the Further Education Funding Council (FEFC), and we cannot disaggregate at a lower level than this, therefore these figures may include some administration and non-participation costs.

Table 2: FE participation unit of funding per full-time equivalent student

Funding for participation (cash) (£)

Real terms index

Actual

1997-98

13,070

100

1998-99

3,090

98

1999-2000

23,290

102

2000-01

3,470

107

2001-02

33,810

114

2002-03

3,940

115

2003-044

4,360

124

2003-044

4,310

100

Provisional

2004-05

4,320

98

Planned

2005-06

4,890

109

2006-07

4,970

108

2007-08

5,160

109

1 1997-98 only, includes assumed additional employer contributions. 2 From 1999/2000 onwards, excludes 18,500 FTE Higher National Certificate/Diploma students and associated funding which was transferred to HEFCE. 3 From 2001-02 onwards, includes funding for Teacher Pay Initiative, Teachers’ Pension Scheme, and some Standards Funds resources. 4 A technical change to the measurement of FTEs in 2003-04 means that there is a break in the series. This does not affect total funding, but does result in a larger estimate of FTEs, and so a small reduction in the unit funding estimate. Both figures are available for 2003-04 as shown to indicate the difference. It also means that the real terms index must be re-based in 2003-04 and a separate series shown from this point onwards.

Unit funding per full time equivalent (FTE) in further education between 1997-98 and 2005-06 in real terms is provided in the table above, with the real terms index, based with 1997-98 as 100. This information is based on the departmental annual report 2006 (DAR 2006) and all other footnotes from the version of this table in DAR 2006 also apply.

The change in figures for 2003-04 does not represent a reduction in unit costs. Instead it represents a change in the method of measuring FTE, meaning that learners are counted from October rather than November.

Healthcare Education

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what information his Department collects on (a) capital spending in teaching facilities for nursing and other healthcare courses and (b) spending on training lecturers in nursing and healthcare by universities in England since 1997. (95947)

On (a) the Department has access to data from the Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA) on depreciation, including depreciation on capitalised equipment (but not buildings), by subject area. For nursing and paramedical studies in publicly-funded higher education institutions in England the figures are set out in table 1.

Table 1

Academic year

Depreciation (£000)

1997-98

1,809

1998-99

2,184

1999-2000

2,519

2000-01

2,560

2001-02

2,946

2002-03

3,069

2003-04

3,174

2004-05

4,819

Source: HESA Finance Statistics Return, Table 6, Cost centre 5

HESA figures for overall capital expenditure on non-residential and non-catering operations in publicly-funded higher education institutions in England do not distinguish subject areas but they do show expenditure on buildings and equipment. The figures are set out in table 2.

Table 2

£000

Academic year

Buildings

Equipment

1997-98

515,467

209,096

1998-99

658,096

230,516

1999-2000

625,329

236,013

2000-01

794,821

283,845

2001-02

911,406

311,848

2002-03

1,336,481

364,670

2003-04

1,284,902

335,640

2004-05

1,388,071

393,612

Source: HESA Finance Statistics Return, Table 7, Head 2

On (b) the Department has access to data on staff costs by subject area but the figures do not distinguish staff training costs. The costs for nursing and paramedical studies in publicly-funded higher education institutions in England are set out in table 3.

Table 3

£000

Academic year

Academic staff costs

Other staff costs

1997-98

148,568

42,110

1998-99

166,019

50,156

1999-2000

177,679

51,393

2000-01

190,583

58,177

2001-02

200,690

59,573

2002-03

222,153

63,941

2003-04

245,733

73,325

2004-05

265,668

80,843

Source: HESA Finance Statistics Return, Table 6, Cost centre 5

Higher Education Institutions

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills which public bodies for which he is responsible are involved in the (a) regulation, (b) funding and (c) administration of higher education institutions; and what the (i) annual budget and (ii) total staff numbers are of each. (97323)

There are five different bodies involved. The budgets allocated to each body cover all of their activities, including both programme funds, which consumes the overwhelming proportion and their administrative running costs.

The principal funding body for higher education institutions is the Higher Education Funding Council for England (HEFCE). HEFCE funding for HE institutions includes resources for the management and administration by the institutions themselves. The budget HEFCE was allocated for 2006-07 was £6,564 million and the current staffing complement is 245 full-time equivalent.

The Training and Development Agency for Schools (TDA) provides funding to higher education institutions for a number of activities to support the agency’s objectives, in particular for initial teacher training. The budget allocated for the agency for 2006-07 was £717.1 million and the current staffing complement is 322 full-time equivalent.

Only a very small proportion of the budget or staff of the remaining three bodies, Ofsted, the Learning and Skills Council (LSC) and the Adult Learning Inspectorate (ALI), either funds HE institutions or funds activity to regulate them.

The total budget allocated for Ofsted for 2006-07 was £204 million and it has 2,100 staff. The budget allocated to the LSC for 2006-07 was £10,458 million for 4,085 staff. The LSC is currently undertaking a radical restructuring exercise designed to streamline the existing organisation at both national and local level, which is expected to lead to significant savings in running costs.

ALI’s inspection remit, including that which affects the regulation and administration of HE institutions, will be taken over by new Office for Standards in Education, Children’s Services and Skills from April 2007, but the total budget they were allocated for 2006-07 was £24 million, with 221 staff.

We closely monitor all of these bodies to ensure their running costs are kept to the minimum consistent with cost effective operation—and require them to minimise the regulatory burden they impose on HE institutions.

In addition, the Higher Education Regulation Review Group (HERRG) has recently been reappointed for a further two year period; HERRG is the independent gatekeeper group for higher education. It comprises senior managers and administrators from HE institutions, with an independent chair, and works with Government Departments and their agencies to review all the bureaucratic demands they make on HE institutions, to help ensure these are the minimum consistent with effective accountability.

International GCSE

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills when he expects to publish the consultation document on the availability of the International GCSE in the maintained sector. (99316)

The QCA working paper on the comparability study between the GCSE and the International GCSE will be published on the QCA and DfES websites in November. At the same time, a consultation questionnaire will be published on the DfES website on the issues for the iGCSE in the maintained sector.

IT Leasing

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills how many pupils have leased computers for home use since 16 March 2005; and what the average price of such a lease was in (a) 2005 and (b) 2006. (99599)

The Department for Education and Skills does not hold information or collect data on leasing schemes for computers for home use.

Learner-related Accidents

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what his most recent estimate is of the under-reporting of learner-related accidents to the Learning and Skills Council in England; and if he will make a statement. (98060)

The Learning and Skills Council has in place reporting and monitoring arrangements for learner-related accidents. However, we are aware that under-reporting is generally a problem. The LSC is already taking steps to reduce the level of under-reporting of such accidents.

Literacy

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills which 10 local education authorities have the poorest levels of literacy for those aged (a) five, (b) 11 and (c) 16 years. (98057)

The information requested is set out as follows:

(a) 5-year-olds

The available information for the “Communication, Language and Literacy” area of learning is shown in the following table. Local authority figures for 2005 were published as an annex (Table B) to the final Statistical First Release “Foundation Stage Profile: 2005 National Results” (SFR 03/2006) in February 2006.

The lowest 10 attaining local authorities by percentage of children working securely1,2 within the Early Learning Goals in the communication, language and literacy area of learning—2005

Percentage

Language for communication and thinking

Barking and Dagenham

46

Slough

59

Middlesbrough

63

Leicester

63

Hartlepool

65

Kingston Upon Hull, City of

67

Greenwich

67

Rotherham

68

Tower Hamlets

68

Torbay

69

Linking sounds and letters

Barking and Dagenham

28

Middlesbrough

43

Leicester

43

Greenwich

43

Nottingham

43

Waltham Forest

44

Lewisham

46

Luton

46

Newham

50

Kingston Upon Hull, City of

51

Reading

Barking and Dagenham

44

Middlesbrough

48

Leicester

48

Greenwich

52

Hartlepool

56

Waltham Forest

57

Newham

57

Kingston Upon Hull, City of

57

Lewisham

58

Slough

58

Writing

Barking and Dagenham

28

Middlesbrough

39

Leicester

41

North Somerset

41

Kingston Upon Hull, City of

43

Greenwich

44

Southampton

45

Luton

45

Reading

47

Medway

47

1 Care should be taken when comparing the relative attainment levels between local authorities because of the unequal impact of moderation and assessment on the figures. 2 A scale score of six or more indicates that a child is working securely within the Early Learning Goals.

The provisional national figures for 2006 recently published on 26 October 2006 in Statistical First Release “Foundation Stage Profile 2006: National Results 2006 (Provisional)” (SFR42/2006) suggest that improvements in assessments and moderation may still be impacting widely on the results across the country. Final local authority data are expected to be published in January.

(b) 11-year-olds

National Curriculum assessments at key stage 2 were published on 24 August 2006 (SFR31/2006). The following table shows the percentage of pupils achieving the target level 4 in English in the 10 lowest ranking local authorities.

Provisional key stage 2 National Curriculum test results—2006

LA name

Percentage of pupils achieving Level 4+ English

City of London

64

Hackney

70

Nottingham City

70

Leicester City

71

Manchester

72

Barnsley

72

Sheffield

72

Stoke-on-Trent

72

City of Bristol

73

City of Kingston upon Hull

73

England all schools

79

(c ) 16-year-olds

The following table shows provisional figures for the percentage of 16 year old pupils achieving a grade A*- C in GCSE English in 2006.

Provisional GCSE results—2006

LA name

Percentage of 16 year olds achieving grades A* to C in GCSE English

Knowsley

36.6

City of Kingston upon Hull

38.9

Nottingham City

39.9

Middlesbrough

40.9

Manchester

42.2

Sandwell

43.4

City of Bristol

43.6

Portsmouth

43.7

Tower Hamlets

44.6

Walsall

45.1

England all schools key stage 4

59

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what proportion of educational institutions have had written materials available in a format accessible to those with reading disabilities in each year since 1997. (98174)

[holding answer 2 November 2006]: The Government do not collect this information centrally. Under part 4 of the Disability Discrimination Act, schools, colleges and universities have a duty to make reasonable adjustments to ensure that disabled pupils and students are not put at a substantial disadvantage in comparison to those who are not disabled. With the exception of schools this could include the provision of written materials in alternative formats. For schools the reasonable adjustments duty does not include the provision of auxiliary aids or services as they have a duty to plan strategically to increase access, over time, to schools. This duty includes planning to provide written material in alternative formats to ensure accessibility.

Physical Education Teachers

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills how many black and ethnic minority teachers participated in physical education teacher training courses in each of the last five years; and how many black and ethnic minority teachers teach physical education in (a) primary and (b) secondary schools. (99875)

The table provides the number of teachers from black and other ethnic minorities who have participated in teacher training courses with physical education as one of their subject specialisations in each academic year from 2000/01 to 2004/05, the latest year for which figures are available. The figures are for teachers who have trained to teach in secondary schools only. Primary school trainee teachers are trained in all subjects of national curriculum including physical education.

Information on the number of black and ethnic minority teachers teaching by subject area is not collected centrally.

Teachers on teacher training courses in England with physical education as a subject specialisation, 2000/01 to 2004/05

Academic year of qualification

Total

Of which: black and ethnic minorities

Percentage

2000/01

1,160

20

2.0

2001/02

1,330

40

2.7

2002/03

1,320

30

2.4

2003/04

1,700

50

3.2

2004/05

1,870

70

3.8

Notes:

1. Numbers are rounded to the nearest 10.

2. The figures exclude teachers on employment-based routes to qualified teacher status.

Source:

Training and Development Agency’s Performance Profiles

Black and ethnic minorities include the following categories:

Black or black British—Caribbean

Black or black British—African

Other black background

Asian or Asian British—Indian

Asian or Asian British—Pakistani

Asian or Asian British—Bangladeshi

Chinese or other ethnic background—Chinese

Other Asian background

Mixed—white and black Caribbean

Mixed—white and black African

Mixed—white and Asian

Other mixed background

Other ethnic background

Qualification and Curriculum Authority

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills pursuant to the answer of 20 July 2006, Official Report, column 649W, on the Qualification and Curriculum Authority (QCA), what the reasons were for the increase in the QCA's annual spending since 2001. (98500)

The size of the QCA's remit has increased substantially since 2001, and this is reflected in the increase on the authority's budget. Additional work over this period includes modernising the examinations system and the development of key stage 3 ICT and key and basic skills tests.

School Buildings

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills which schools in Herefordshire have received grants for new school buildings since 1 May 1997; what the value was of each project; and if he will make a statement. (99292)

The Department allocates capital funding to local authorities and direct to schools, and relies upon them to prioritise the resources received between different capital projects. Accordingly, the Department does not maintain a record of grants in respect of individual schools. A central record is maintained of capital allocations to local authorities on a financial year basis, and those allocated to Herefordshire since 1 April 1997 are set out in the following table:

£ million

1997-98

6.6

1998-99

4.1

1999-2000

5.4

2000-01

8.5

2001-02

5.9

2002-03

8.4

2003-04

27.6

2004-05

8.4

2005-06

8.7

2006-07

7.0

The large allocation of £27.6 million in 2003-04 includes £19.5 million for a private finance initiative scheme.

School Sport

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills how many schools are in a school sport partnership; and how many schools responded to his Department's recent survey on school sport. (99867)

Since September 2006, all maintained schools in England have been within a school sport partnership. When data were collected for the 2005/06 school sport survey (in the summer term of 2006) 17,122 schools were within a partnership. By the survey deadline a total of 16,882 useable responses had been received. This represents a 99 per cent. response rate. The survey is the largest of its kind in Europe.

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what proportion of schoolchildren took part in inter-school sports competitions in the last period for which figures are available, broken down by local education authority area. (99917)

The 2005/06 school sport survey found that, overall, 37 per cent. of pupils in schools within a school sport partnership took part in inter-school sports competitions during the last academic year—a 6 per cent. rise on 2004/05. The following table sets out the percentage of pupils in each local authority area taking part in inter-school sports competitions during the academic year 2005/06. Direct comparisons between local authority areas are not appropriate as the number of schools in school sport partnerships, and the length of time they have been within partnerships, differs. The results only report on pupils who attend schools within school sport partnerships.

Percentage

Barking and Dagenham

30

Barnet

37

Barnsley

36

Bath and North East Somerset

40

Bedfordshire

38

Bexley

37

Birmingham

31

Blackburn with Darwen

33

Blackpool

41

Bolton

38

Bournemouth

32

Bracknell Forest

35

Bradford

32

Brent

31

Brighton and Hove

41

Bristol City of

33

Bromley

36

Buckinghamshire

43

Bury

44

Calderdale

42

Cambridgeshire

43

Camden

36

City of London

42

Cornwall

43

Coventry

35

Croydon

36

Cumbria

44

Darlington

32

Derby

34

Derbyshire

35

Devon

43

Doncaster

35

Dorset

43

Dudley

34

Durham

45

Ealing

40

East Riding of Yorkshire

38

East Sussex

42

Enfield

31

Essex

37

Gateshead

42

Gloucestershire

42

Greenwich

30

Hackney

33

Halton

44

Hammersmith and Fulham

31

Hampshire

36

Haringey

31

Harrow

35

Hartlepool

41

Havering

33

Herefordshire

47

Hertfordshire

45

Hillingdon

32

Hounslow

37

Isle of Wight

41

Isles of Scilly

25

Islington

33

Kensington and Chelsea

46

Kent

36

Kingston upon Hull, City of

34

Kingston upon Thames

34

Kirklees

37

Knowsley

40

Lambeth

39

Lancashire

39

Leeds

38

Leicester

25

Leicestershire

37

Lewisham

28

Lincolnshire

36

Liverpool

34

Luton

33

Manchester

33

Medway Towns

30

Merton

40

Middlesbrough

40

Milton Keynes

37

Newcastle upon Tyne

41

Newham

33

Norfolk

35

North East Lincolnshire

33

North Lincolnshire

50

North Somerset

39

North Tyneside

40

North Yorkshire

41

Northamptonshire

36

Northumberland

44

Nottingham

35

Nottinghamshire

36

Oldham

42

Oxfordshire

38

Peterborough

40

Cheshire

43

Plymouth

38

Poole

32

Portsmouth

30

Reading

31

Redbridge

36

Redcar and Cleveland

38

Richmond upon Thames

41

Rochdale

39

Rotherham

38

Rutland

49

Salford

33

Sandwell

34

Sefton

39

Sheffield

37

Shropshire

44

Slough

35

Solihull

47

Somerset

40

South Gloucestershire

33

South Tyneside

38

Southampton

23

Southend-on-Sea

44

Southwark

29

St. Helens

36

Staffordshire

41

Stockport

35

Stockton-on-Tees

45

Stoke-on-Trent

36

Suffolk

38

Sunderland

36

Surrey

35

Sutton

39

Tameside

38

Telford and Wrekin

38

Thurrock

30

Torbay

42

Tower Hamlets

38

Trafford

33

Wakefield

40

Walsall

32

Waltham Forest

36

Wandsworth

37

Warrington

36

Warwickshire

39

West Berkshire

39

West Sussex

34

Westminster

32

Wigan

44

Wiltshire

44

Windsor and Maidenhead

42

Wirral

35

Wokingham

32

Wolverhampton

37

Worcestershire

41

York

38

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills (1) what recent discussions he has had with the Chancellor on his pledges (a) to have a sports day in every school, (b) to offer after-school sport and links with a range of local sports clubs in every school and (c) to ensure access to playing fields for every school; when he expects to implement these pledges; and what his estimate is of the financial resources required to do so; (98112)

(2) what representations his Department has received on the statement by the Chancellor of the Exchequer of 25 October 2004 that school sport holds the key to a fitter nation.

[holding answers 30 October 2006]: My officials and I have regular discussions with the Treasury to discuss PE and sport. Our overall aim, a joint DfES/DCMS public service agreement target, is to increase the percentage of five to16-year-olds who take part in at least two hours high quality PE and school sport each week to 75 per cent. by 2006 and 85 per cent. by 2008. By 2010, we want to offer all children four hours of sport a week. We are investing over £1.5 billion in the five years to 2008 to transform PE and school sport.

We have already exceeded the 2006 target. The 2005/06 school sport survey found that 80 per cent. of pupils in the 16,880 schools which took part in the survey were doing at least two hours. This is an increase of 29 per cent. on 2003/04. The survey found that almost all schools (97 per cent.) hold a competitive sports day and the percentage of years 2-11 pupils participating in sports clubs linked to their schools has increased from 22 per cent. in 2003/04 to 27 per cent. this year. Copies of the results of the survey have been placed in the Libraries of both Houses.

We currently have in place the strongest ever protection of school playing fields and, for the second year running, the number of new playing fields created has been greater than the number sold off.

Schools (Liverpool)

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what the total number of school closures has been in each Liverpool constituency in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (99591)

The numbers of maintained schools closed in Liverpool, by parliamentary constituency, in the last five years are as follows:

Year closed

Annual total

Liverpool Garston

2001

6

2002

3

2003

1

2004

1

Grand total

11

Liverpool Riverside

2003

4

2004

5

2005

2

2006

1

Grand total

12

Liverpool Walton

2001

2

2002

4

2003

3

2004

3

2006

3

Grand Total

15

Liverpool Wavertree

2002

1

2003

1

2004

1

Grand total

3

Liverpool West Derby

2001

4

2002

7

2003

3

2004

3

Grand total

17

Notes: 1. The figures include schools that closed as a result of the amalgamation or merger of two or more schools; schools that have closed but re-opened as voluntary schools with a religious character; and schools that have closed in local education authorities that have moved from a three-tier to a two-tier system. 2. The figures are for maintained schools inclusive of special schools, but exclusive of local authority nursery schools. However, for information, there was only one such closure in 2003 in Liverpool Wavertree. Source: DfES

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what the excess capacity has been in schools in each Liverpool constituency in each of the last five years. (99592)

The table shows the latest available information on excess capacity in (a) secondary, and (b) primary schools in each of the following constituencies. Data were not collected in 2002.

Constituency

2001

2003

2004

2005

Secondary surplus

Liverpool Garston

594

532

550

614

Liverpool Riverside

693

320

381

523

Liverpool Walton

823

627

803

898

Liverpool Wavertree

250

137

227

205

Liverpool W. Derby

625

593

878

921

Primary surplus

Liverpool Garston

770

1,318

1,131

847

Liverpool Riverside

1,511

1,256

962

925

Liverpool Walton

904

1,154

734

891

Liverpool Wavertree

892

719

745

855

Liverpool W. Derby

919

1481

1,139

1,202

Science Teachers

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills pursuant to the answer of 23 October 2006, Official Report, column 1574W, on science teachers, what the recruitment targets for science teachers are for each year between 2007 and 2014. (98730)

[holding answer 2 November 2006]: The indicative target for recruitment to initial teacher training for science for 2007/08 is 3,225 places. The targets for 2008/09 onwards are yet to be determined.

Secular Schools

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills whether his Department has estimated the (a) demand for and (b) availability of (i) atheist and (ii) secular education. (99827)

No. It is for local authorities to plan and secure the provision of schools in their area which are sufficient in number, character and equipment to provide for all pupils the opportunity of appropriate education. The Education and Inspections Bill adds further focus to these duties, requiring local authorities to secure diversity and increase parental choice when planning the provision of school places.

Around two-thirds of maintained schools in England do not have a religious character. All schools, regardless of whether they have a religious character, are required to contribute to the moral and spiritual development of their pupils, to teach religious education and to hold a daily act of religious worship.

SEN

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills how the policy of personalisation of special educational needs policy will be implemented in the case of children with severe verbal dyspraxia. (99122)

The Special Educational Needs (SEN) Code of Practice provides advice to local authorities (LAs) schools and others on carrying out their statutory duties to identify, assess and make provision for pupils with SEN, including children with verbal dyspraxia. Some children with dyspraxia may have statements of special educational needs. The statement will set out the child’s needs and specify the individualised provision to meet those needs. The LA which maintains the statement has a duty to arrange the specified provision.

Children who have dyspraxia, who do not have statements may have their needs supported in school at School Action or at School Action Plus:

a child supported at School Action will be provided with interventions that are additional to or different from those provided as part of the school’s usual differentiated curriculum offer; and

a child supported at School Action Plus will be provided with help from external services. Help may be in the form of advice to teachers on target setting and accompanying support strategies; or more specialist assessments to inform planning and measurement of progress; or support for particular activities.

In addition to the support provided to children under the SEN statutory framework, each school will decide how best to implement the policy of personalisation, using the additional funding—£990 million for 2006-08—allocated for this purpose, and taking account of local priorities. The focus on personalised learning should help improve outcomes for all pupils, especially in core curriculum subjects.

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills (1) if he will provide funding for local authorities to increase the number of collaborative arrangements in which communities of schools work together to provide services for children with special educational needs; (99034)

(2) what steps he has taken in response to evidence from Ofsted that funding delegated to schools for meeting the special educational needs of children has been used for other priorities in schools;

(3) if he will take steps to ring-fence funding delegated to schools to meet the special educational needs of children;

(4) if he will take steps to provide for a major increase in the funding of special educational needs in each of the next five years.

All pupils, including those with SEN, are benefiting from the significant increases in investment in education funding under this Government. Total revenue funding per pupil has increased nationally by £1,440 in real terms between 1997-98 and 2006-07. By 2007-08 the increase over 1997-98 will have reached over £1,630 per pupil in real terms. More resources are going into schools to support children with SEN. LA indicative figures show spending rising from £3.5 billion in 2003-04 to over £4.5 billion in 2006-07.

The school funding settlement for 2006-08 provides a national average increase in the dedicated schools grant of 6.8 per cent. per pupil this year (compared with authorities’ spending in 2005-06) and a further increase of 6.7 per cent. per pupil for 2007-08. The settlement gives schools everywhere the secure and predictable base they need to deliver a wider and more personalised offer to all their pupils. Decisions on funding for subsequent years will be dependent upon the outcome of the Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR07).

DSG is a ring-fenced grant. It is paid to local authorities, who must use it for the purposes of their schools budget. It is for each local authority to distribute funding to its schools using its locally agreed formula, and it is for schools’ governing bodies to decide how to spend their available resources. We believe that schools are best placed to make decisions about support arrangements for pupils experiencing barriers to their learning. They can intervene early and make effective arrangements promptly and flexibly, within the whole school context.

The Education Act 1996 states that schools must use their best endeavours to make suitable provision for all pupils with SEN. For children with statements, LAs, in partnership with schools, must ensure that the provision specified in the statement can be delivered. The annual review ensures that the continued effectiveness of the statement is monitored and evaluated at least annually.

The SEN code of practice provides detailed guidance to schools and LAs on their respective responsibilities. In addition, the Special Educational Needs (Provision of Information by LEAs) (England) Regulations 2001 require LAs to set out what they expect schools to provide from their budgets for children with SEN but without statements and what LAs expect to provide themselves.

The Department’s 2004 guidance “The Management of SEN Expenditure” recommended the accountability arrangements that should be in place in order to secure positive outcomes for children with special educational needs. The guidance proposed a framework covering: school information and performance data; school self-evaluation; evaluation meetings and accountability to parents.

All schools are required to complete a self-evaluation form (SEF), drawing on improved data and supported by inspection, to identify areas where there is a need to improve performance. School improvement partners (SIPs) will challenge and support schools. The focus on a continuing cycle of school improvement should ensure that the progress of all children is kept under review and that they receive appropriate support.

Collaboration is proving to be a very effective way of addressing school improvement, teaching and learning, and other organisational issues. SEN is certainly one area that can benefit from a partnership approach of both schools and possibly other organisations. However, we believe that schools must have the freedom to make spending decisions and to decide whether they take part in partnership activity, based on their specific local needs. For this reason, from April 2006 the majority of funding to support collaborative work now goes directly to schools as part of their school development grant. The way schools decide to use this funding is therefore a matter for local decision.

Sex Education

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what research his Department has (a) commissioned and (b) evaluated on sex education; and if he will make a statement. (99264)

The Department has not commissioned any research on sex and relationship education (SRE) but we have reflected the available evidence base in guidance given to schools.

Ofsted is responsible for assessing the quality of schools’ provision in the area of personal, social and health education including SRE through its inspection framework and subject reports.

All schools are expected to meet the statutory requirements for sex education and have an up-to-date policy on SRE. This policy should set out the process by which a school will assess how well its provision is meeting the needs of pupils.

Supply Teachers

To ask the Secretary of State for Education and Skills what guidance his Department issues to schools on the required qualifications for supply teachers in secondary schools; and whether this guidance has changed in the last 12 months. (99482)

Guidance on checks on supply teachers was placed on Teachernet in September 2004, headed Checks on Supply Teachers Updated Guidance (09/04) (at http://www.teachernet.gov.uk/supplyteachers/schoolsdetail.cfm?&id=16). It points out that the same checks and qualifications are required for all teachers, whether supply or not. It will be replaced as part of revised guidance which was issued for consultation in the summer. The consultation closed on 12 October, and the revised guidance is planned for issue shortly. In addition Guidance on Induction is provided to schools which includes guidance on how teachers doing supply work can complete induction. (This is on teachernet at http://www.teachernet.gov.uk/docbank/index.cfm?id=4866). This has not changed in the last 12 months.